Update RISC-V documentation and make sure that it is included in the gas info file.
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gas / doc / as.texinfo
CommitLineData
252b5132 1\input texinfo @c -*-Texinfo-*-
6f2750fe 2@c Copyright (C) 1991-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132
RH
3@c UPDATE!! On future updates--
4@c (1) check for new machine-dep cmdline options in
5@c md_parse_option definitions in config/tc-*.c
6@c (2) for platform-specific directives, examine md_pseudo_op
7@c in config/tc-*.c
8@c (3) for object-format specific directives, examine obj_pseudo_op
01642c12 9@c in config/obj-*.c
252b5132
RH
10@c (4) portable directives in potable[] in read.c
11@c %**start of header
12@setfilename as.info
13@c ---config---
a4fb0134
SC
14@macro gcctabopt{body}
15@code{\body\}
16@end macro
252b5132
RH
17@c defaults, config file may override:
18@set have-stabs
19@c ---
4a4c4a1d
MR
20@c man begin NAME
21@c ---
252b5132 22@include asconfig.texi
c428fa83 23@include bfdver.texi
252b5132 24@c ---
0285c67d 25@c man end
4a4c4a1d 26@c ---
252b5132 27@c common OR combinations of conditions
c1253627
NC
28@ifset COFF
29@set COFF-ELF
30@end ifset
31@ifset ELF
32@set COFF-ELF
33@end ifset
252b5132
RH
34@ifset AOUT
35@set aout-bout
36@end ifset
37@ifset ARM/Thumb
38@set ARM
39@end ifset
9982501a
JZ
40@ifset Blackfin
41@set Blackfin
42@end ifset
252b5132
RH
43@ifset BOUT
44@set aout-bout
45@end ifset
46@ifset H8/300
47@set H8
48@end ifset
252b5132
RH
49@ifset SH
50@set H8
51@end ifset
52@ifset HPPA
53@set abnormal-separator
54@end ifset
55@c ------------
56@ifset GENERIC
57@settitle Using @value{AS}
58@end ifset
59@ifclear GENERIC
60@settitle Using @value{AS} (@value{TARGET})
61@end ifclear
62@setchapternewpage odd
63@c %**end of header
64
65@c @smallbook
66@c @set SMALL
67@c WARE! Some of the machine-dependent sections contain tables of machine
68@c instructions. Except in multi-column format, these tables look silly.
69@c Unfortunately, Texinfo doesn't have a general-purpose multi-col format, so
70@c the multi-col format is faked within @example sections.
01642c12 71@c
252b5132
RH
72@c Again unfortunately, the natural size that fits on a page, for these tables,
73@c is different depending on whether or not smallbook is turned on.
74@c This matters, because of order: text flow switches columns at each page
75@c break.
01642c12 76@c
252b5132
RH
77@c The format faked in this source works reasonably well for smallbook,
78@c not well for the default large-page format. This manual expects that if you
79@c turn on @smallbook, you will also uncomment the "@set SMALL" to enable the
80@c tables in question. You can turn on one without the other at your
01642c12 81@c discretion, of course.
252b5132
RH
82@ifinfo
83@set SMALL
84@c the insn tables look just as silly in info files regardless of smallbook,
85@c might as well show 'em anyways.
86@end ifinfo
87
9160ea82
AM
88@ifnottex
89@dircategory Software development
90@direntry
252b5132 91* As: (as). The GNU assembler.
59455fb1 92* Gas: (as). The GNU assembler.
9160ea82
AM
93@end direntry
94@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
95
96@finalout
97@syncodeindex ky cp
98
0e9517a9 99@copying
252b5132
RH
100This file documents the GNU Assembler "@value{AS}".
101
0285c67d 102@c man begin COPYRIGHT
6f2750fe 103Copyright @copyright{} 1991-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132 104
0285c67d 105Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 106under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
0285c67d
NC
107or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
108with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
109Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 110section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
0285c67d
NC
111
112@c man end
0e9517a9 113@end copying
252b5132
RH
114
115@titlepage
116@title Using @value{AS}
117@subtitle The @sc{gnu} Assembler
118@ifclear GENERIC
119@subtitle for the @value{TARGET} family
120@end ifclear
e49e529d
JM
121@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
122@sp 1
123@subtitle @value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
124@end ifset
252b5132
RH
125@sp 1
126@subtitle Version @value{VERSION}
127@sp 1
128@sp 13
b45619c0 129The Free Software Foundation Inc.@: thanks The Nice Computer
252b5132 130Company of Australia for loaning Dean Elsner to write the
a4fb0134 131first (Vax) version of @command{as} for Project @sc{gnu}.
252b5132
RH
132The proprietors, management and staff of TNCCA thank FSF for
133distracting the boss while they got some work
134done.
135@sp 3
136@author Dean Elsner, Jay Fenlason & friends
137@page
138@tex
139{\parskip=0pt
140\hfill {\it Using {\tt @value{AS}}}\par
141\hfill Edited by Cygnus Support\par
142}
143%"boxit" macro for figures:
144%Modified from Knuth's ``boxit'' macro from TeXbook (answer to exercise 21.3)
145\gdef\boxit#1#2{\vbox{\hrule\hbox{\vrule\kern3pt
146 \vbox{\parindent=0pt\parskip=0pt\hsize=#1\kern3pt\strut\hfil
147#2\hfil\strut\kern3pt}\kern3pt\vrule}\hrule}}%box with visible outline
148\gdef\ibox#1#2{\hbox to #1{#2\hfil}\kern8pt}% invisible box
149@end tex
150
151@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
6f2750fe 152Copyright @copyright{} 1991-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132 153
cf055d54 154 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 155 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
cf055d54
NC
156 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
157 with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
158 Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 159 section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
252b5132 160
252b5132 161@end titlepage
4ecceb71 162@contents
252b5132 163
2e64b665 164@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
165@node Top
166@top Using @value{AS}
167
e49e529d
JM
168This file is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}
169@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
170@value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
171@end ifset
172version @value{VERSION}.
252b5132 173@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 174This version of the file describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
175code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
176@end ifclear
cf055d54
NC
177
178This document is distributed under the terms of the GNU Free
179Documentation License. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 180section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
cf055d54 181
252b5132
RH
182@menu
183* Overview:: Overview
184* Invoking:: Command-Line Options
185* Syntax:: Syntax
186* Sections:: Sections and Relocation
187* Symbols:: Symbols
188* Expressions:: Expressions
189* Pseudo Ops:: Assembler Directives
3a99f02f
DJ
190@ifset ELF
191* Object Attributes:: Object Attributes
192@end ifset
252b5132
RH
193* Machine Dependencies:: Machine Dependent Features
194* Reporting Bugs:: Reporting Bugs
195* Acknowledgements:: Who Did What
cf055d54 196* GNU Free Documentation License:: GNU Free Documentation License
28c9d252 197* AS Index:: AS Index
252b5132 198@end menu
2e64b665 199@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
200
201@node Overview
202@chapter Overview
203@iftex
a4fb0134 204This manual is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132 205@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 206This version of the manual describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
207code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
208@end ifclear
209@end iftex
210
211@cindex invocation summary
212@cindex option summary
213@cindex summary of options
a4fb0134 214Here is a brief summary of how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}. For details,
96e9638b 215see @ref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}.
252b5132 216
0285c67d
NC
217@c man title AS the portable GNU assembler.
218
a4fb0134 219@ignore
0285c67d
NC
220@c man begin SEEALSO
221gcc(1), ld(1), and the Info entries for @file{binutils} and @file{ld}.
222@c man end
a4fb0134 223@end ignore
0285c67d 224
252b5132
RH
225@c We don't use deffn and friends for the following because they seem
226@c to be limited to one line for the header.
227@smallexample
0285c67d 228@c man begin SYNOPSIS
83f10cb2 229@value{AS} [@b{-a}[@b{cdghlns}][=@var{file}]] [@b{--alternate}] [@b{-D}]
955974c6 230 [@b{--compress-debug-sections}] [@b{--nocompress-debug-sections}]
3d6b762c 231 [@b{--debug-prefix-map} @var{old}=@var{new}]
4bdd3565 232 [@b{--defsym} @var{sym}=@var{val}] [@b{-f}] [@b{-g}] [@b{--gstabs}]
b40bf0a2
NC
233 [@b{--gstabs+}] [@b{--gdwarf-2}] [@b{--gdwarf-sections}]
234 [@b{--help}] [@b{-I} @var{dir}] [@b{-J}]
4bdd3565
NC
235 [@b{-K}] [@b{-L}] [@b{--listing-lhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
236 [@b{--listing-lhs-width2}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--listing-rhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
d60646b9 237 [@b{--listing-cont-lines}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--keep-locals}]
2edb36e7 238 [@b{--no-pad-sections}]
d60646b9
NC
239 [@b{-o} @var{objfile}] [@b{-R}]
240 [@b{--hash-size}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--reduce-memory-overheads}]
241 [@b{--statistics}]
242 [@b{-v}] [@b{-version}] [@b{--version}]
243 [@b{-W}] [@b{--warn}] [@b{--fatal-warnings}] [@b{-w}] [@b{-x}]
244 [@b{-Z}] [@b{@@@var{FILE}}]
451133ce 245 [@b{--sectname-subst}] [@b{--size-check=[error|warning]}]
b8871f35 246 [@b{--elf-stt-common=[no|yes]}]
a0b7da79
MM
247 [@b{--target-help}] [@var{target-options}]
248 [@b{--}|@var{files} @dots{}]
a4fb0134 249@c
6387924a 250@c man end
a4fb0134 251@c Target dependent options are listed below. Keep the list sorted.
01642c12 252@c Add an empty line for separation.
6387924a 253@c man begin TARGET
a06ea964
NC
254@ifset AARCH64
255
256@emph{Target AArch64 options:}
257 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
69091a2c 258 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}]
a06ea964 259@end ifset
625e1353
RH
260@ifset ALPHA
261
262@emph{Target Alpha options:}
263 [@b{-m@var{cpu}}]
264 [@b{-mdebug} | @b{-no-mdebug}]
198f1251 265 [@b{-replace} | @b{-noreplace}]
625e1353
RH
266 [@b{-relax}] [@b{-g}] [@b{-G@var{size}}]
267 [@b{-F}] [@b{-32addr}]
268@end ifset
252b5132 269@ifset ARC
a4fb0134
SC
270
271@emph{Target ARC options:}
886a2506
NC
272 [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}]
273 [@b{-mA6}|@b{-mARC600}|@b{-mARC601}|@b{-mA7}|@b{-mARC700}|@b{-mEM}|@b{-mHS}]
274 [@b{-mcode-density}]
4670103e 275 [@b{-mrelax}]
a4fb0134 276 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
252b5132
RH
277@end ifset
278@ifset ARM
a4fb0134
SC
279
280@emph{Target ARM options:}
03b1477f 281@c Don't document the deprecated options
92081f48
HPN
282 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
283 [@b{-march}=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
33a392fb
PB
284 [@b{-mfpu}=@var{floating-point-format}]
285 [@b{-mfloat-abi}=@var{abi}]
d507cf36 286 [@b{-meabi}=@var{ver}]
03b1477f 287 [@b{-mthumb}]
a4fb0134
SC
288 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
289 [@b{-mapcs-32}|@b{-mapcs-26}|@b{-mapcs-float}|
290 @b{-mapcs-reentrant}]
7f266840 291 [@b{-mthumb-interwork}] [@b{-k}]
252b5132 292@end ifset
9982501a
JZ
293@ifset Blackfin
294
295@emph{Target Blackfin options:}
296 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[-@var{sirevision}]]
297 [@b{-mfdpic}]
298 [@b{-mno-fdpic}]
299 [@b{-mnopic}]
300@end ifset
328eb32e
HPN
301@ifset CRIS
302
303@emph{Target CRIS options:}
304 [@b{--underscore} | @b{--no-underscore}]
305 [@b{--pic}] [@b{-N}]
306 [@b{--emulation=criself} | @b{--emulation=crisaout}]
ae57792d 307 [@b{--march=v0_v10} | @b{--march=v10} | @b{--march=v32} | @b{--march=common_v10_v32}]
328eb32e
HPN
308@c Deprecated -- deliberately not documented.
309@c [@b{-h}] [@b{-H}]
310@end ifset
252b5132 311@ifset D10V
a4fb0134
SC
312
313@emph{Target D10V options:}
314 [@b{-O}]
252b5132
RH
315@end ifset
316@ifset D30V
a4fb0134
SC
317
318@emph{Target D30V options:}
319 [@b{-O}|@b{-n}|@b{-N}]
252b5132 320@end ifset
cfb8c092
NC
321@ifset EPIPHANY
322
323@emph{Target EPIPHANY options:}
324 [@b{-mepiphany}|@b{-mepiphany16}]
325@end ifset
252b5132 326@ifset H8
6fd4f6cc
DD
327
328@emph{Target H8/300 options:}
329 [-h-tick-hex]
252b5132
RH
330@end ifset
331@ifset HPPA
332@c HPPA has no machine-dependent assembler options (yet).
333@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
334@ifset I80386
335
336@emph{Target i386 options:}
542385d9 337 [@b{--32}|@b{--x32}|@b{--64}] [@b{-n}]
1ef52f49 338 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}[+@var{EXTENSION}@dots{}]] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}]
252b5132
RH
339@end ifset
340@ifset I960
a4fb0134
SC
341
342@emph{Target i960 options:}
252b5132 343@c see md_parse_option in tc-i960.c
a4fb0134
SC
344 [@b{-ACA}|@b{-ACA_A}|@b{-ACB}|@b{-ACC}|@b{-AKA}|@b{-AKB}|
345 @b{-AKC}|@b{-AMC}]
346 [@b{-b}] [@b{-no-relax}]
252b5132 347@end ifset
587fe2b3 348@ifset IA64
a4fb0134 349
9e32ca89
NC
350@emph{Target IA-64 options:}
351 [@b{-mconstant-gp}|@b{-mauto-pic}]
352 [@b{-milp32}|@b{-milp64}|@b{-mlp64}|@b{-mp64}]
353 [@b{-mle}|@b{mbe}]
8c2fda1d 354 [@b{-mtune=itanium1}|@b{-mtune=itanium2}]
970d6792 355 [@b{-munwind-check=warning}|@b{-munwind-check=error}]
91d777ee 356 [@b{-mhint.b=ok}|@b{-mhint.b=warning}|@b{-mhint.b=error}]
9e32ca89
NC
357 [@b{-x}|@b{-xexplicit}] [@b{-xauto}] [@b{-xdebug}]
358@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
359@ifset IP2K
360
361@emph{Target IP2K options:}
362 [@b{-mip2022}|@b{-mip2022ext}]
363@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
364@ifset M32C
365
366@emph{Target M32C options:}
c54b5932 367 [@b{-m32c}|@b{-m16c}] [-relax] [-h-tick-hex]
49f58d10 368@end ifset
587fe2b3 369@ifset M32R
9e32ca89 370
a4fb0134
SC
371@emph{Target M32R options:}
372 [@b{--m32rx}|@b{--[no-]warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts}|
587fe2b3 373 @b{--W[n]p}]
ec694b89 374@end ifset
252b5132 375@ifset M680X0
a4fb0134
SC
376
377@emph{Target M680X0 options:}
378 [@b{-l}] [@b{-m68000}|@b{-m68010}|@b{-m68020}|@dots{}]
252b5132 379@end ifset
60bcf0fa 380@ifset M68HC11
a4fb0134
SC
381
382@emph{Target M68HC11 options:}
6927f982 383 [@b{-m68hc11}|@b{-m68hc12}|@b{-m68hcs12}|@b{-mm9s12x}|@b{-mm9s12xg}]
2f904664
SC
384 [@b{-mshort}|@b{-mlong}]
385 [@b{-mshort-double}|@b{-mlong-double}]
1370e33d 386 [@b{--force-long-branches}] [@b{--short-branches}]
a4fb0134
SC
387 [@b{--strict-direct-mode}] [@b{--print-insn-syntax}]
388 [@b{--print-opcodes}] [@b{--generate-example}]
389@end ifset
390@ifset MCORE
391
392@emph{Target MCORE options:}
393 [@b{-jsri2bsr}] [@b{-sifilter}] [@b{-relax}]
394 [@b{-mcpu=[210|340]}]
60bcf0fa 395@end ifset
a3c62988
NC
396@ifset METAG
397
398@emph{Target Meta options:}
399 [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}] [@b{-mfpu=@var{cpu}}] [@b{-mdsp=@var{cpu}}]
400@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
401@ifset MICROBLAZE
402@emph{Target MICROBLAZE options:}
403@c MicroBlaze has no machine-dependent assembler options.
404@end ifset
252b5132 405@ifset MIPS
a4fb0134
SC
406
407@emph{Target MIPS options:}
78849248 408 [@b{-nocpp}] [@b{-EL}] [@b{-EB}] [@b{-O}[@var{optimization level}]]
437ee9d5 409 [@b{-g}[@var{debug level}]] [@b{-G} @var{num}] [@b{-KPIC}] [@b{-call_shared}]
0c000745 410 [@b{-non_shared}] [@b{-xgot} [@b{-mvxworks-pic}]
437ee9d5 411 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}] [@b{-32}] [@b{-n32}] [@b{-64}] [@b{-mfp32}] [@b{-mgp32}]
351cdf24
MF
412 [@b{-mfp64}] [@b{-mgp64}] [@b{-mfpxx}]
413 [@b{-modd-spreg}] [@b{-mno-odd-spreg}]
437ee9d5 414 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mips1}] [@b{-mips2}]
af7ee8bf 415 [@b{-mips3}] [@b{-mips4}] [@b{-mips5}] [@b{-mips32}] [@b{-mips32r2}]
7361da2c
AB
416 [@b{-mips32r3}] [@b{-mips32r5}] [@b{-mips32r6}] [@b{-mips64}] [@b{-mips64r2}]
417 [@b{-mips64r3}] [@b{-mips64r5}] [@b{-mips64r6}]
437ee9d5 418 [@b{-construct-floats}] [@b{-no-construct-floats}]
ba92f887 419 [@b{-mnan=@var{encoding}}]
437ee9d5 420 [@b{-trap}] [@b{-no-break}] [@b{-break}] [@b{-no-trap}]
437ee9d5 421 [@b{-mips16}] [@b{-no-mips16}]
df58fc94 422 [@b{-mmicromips}] [@b{-mno-micromips}]
e16bfa71 423 [@b{-msmartmips}] [@b{-mno-smartmips}]
1f25f5d3 424 [@b{-mips3d}] [@b{-no-mips3d}]
deec1734 425 [@b{-mdmx}] [@b{-no-mdmx}]
2ef2b9ae 426 [@b{-mdsp}] [@b{-mno-dsp}]
8b082fb1 427 [@b{-mdspr2}] [@b{-mno-dspr2}]
8f4f9071 428 [@b{-mdspr3}] [@b{-mno-dspr3}]
56d438b1 429 [@b{-mmsa}] [@b{-mno-msa}]
7d64c587 430 [@b{-mxpa}] [@b{-mno-xpa}]
ef2e4d86 431 [@b{-mmt}] [@b{-mno-mt}]
dec0624d 432 [@b{-mmcu}] [@b{-mno-mcu}]
833794fc 433 [@b{-minsn32}] [@b{-mno-insn32}]
2babba43 434 [@b{-mfix7000}] [@b{-mno-fix7000}]
a8d14a88 435 [@b{-mfix-rm7000}] [@b{-mno-fix-rm7000}]
2babba43
MR
436 [@b{-mfix-vr4120}] [@b{-mno-fix-vr4120}]
437 [@b{-mfix-vr4130}] [@b{-mno-fix-vr4130}]
ecb4347a 438 [@b{-mdebug}] [@b{-no-mdebug}]
dcd410fe 439 [@b{-mpdr}] [@b{-mno-pdr}]
3c3bdf30
NC
440@end ifset
441@ifset MMIX
a4fb0134
SC
442
443@emph{Target MMIX options:}
444 [@b{--fixed-special-register-names}] [@b{--globalize-symbols}]
445 [@b{--gnu-syntax}] [@b{--relax}] [@b{--no-predefined-symbols}]
446 [@b{--no-expand}] [@b{--no-merge-gregs}] [@b{-x}]
973eb340 447 [@b{--linker-allocated-gregs}]
a4fb0134 448@end ifset
36591ba1
SL
449@ifset NIOSII
450
451@emph{Target Nios II options:}
452 [@b{-relax-all}] [@b{-relax-section}] [@b{-no-relax}]
453 [@b{-EB}] [@b{-EL}]
454@end ifset
35c08157
KLC
455@ifset NDS32
456
457@emph{Target NDS32 options:}
458 [@b{-EL}] [@b{-EB}] [@b{-O}] [@b{-Os}] [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}]
459 [@b{-misa=@var{isa}}] [@b{-mabi=@var{abi}}] [@b{-mall-ext}]
460 [@b{-m[no-]16-bit}] [@b{-m[no-]perf-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]perf2-ext}]
461 [@b{-m[no-]string-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]dsp-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]mac}] [@b{-m[no-]div}]
462 [@b{-m[no-]audio-isa-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]fpu-sp-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]fpu-dp-ext}]
463 [@b{-m[no-]fpu-fma}] [@b{-mfpu-freg=@var{FREG}}] [@b{-mreduced-regs}]
464 [@b{-mfull-regs}] [@b{-m[no-]dx-regs}] [@b{-mpic}] [@b{-mno-relax}]
465 [@b{-mb2bb}]
466@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
467@ifset PDP11
468
469@emph{Target PDP11 options:}
470 [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}] [@b{-mall}] [@b{-mno-extensions}]
471 [@b{-m}@var{extension}|@b{-mno-}@var{extension}]
01642c12 472 [@b{-m}@var{cpu}] [@b{-m}@var{machine}]
a4fb0134
SC
473@end ifset
474@ifset PJ
475
476@emph{Target picoJava options:}
477 [@b{-mb}|@b{-me}]
478@end ifset
479@ifset PPC
480
481@emph{Target PowerPC options:}
b8b738ac
AM
482 [@b{-a32}|@b{-a64}]
483 [@b{-mpwrx}|@b{-mpwr2}|@b{-mpwr}|@b{-m601}|@b{-mppc}|@b{-mppc32}|@b{-m603}|@b{-m604}|@b{-m403}|@b{-m405}|
484 @b{-m440}|@b{-m464}|@b{-m476}|@b{-m7400}|@b{-m7410}|@b{-m7450}|@b{-m7455}|@b{-m750cl}|@b{-mppc64}|
aea77599 485 @b{-m620}|@b{-me500}|@b{-e500x2}|@b{-me500mc}|@b{-me500mc64}|@b{-me5500}|@b{-me6500}|@b{-mppc64bridge}|
b36546d2 486 @b{-mbooke}|@b{-mpower4}|@b{-mpwr4}|@b{-mpower5}|@b{-mpwr5}|@b{-mpwr5x}|@b{-mpower6}|@b{-mpwr6}|
a680de9a
PB
487 @b{-mpower7}|@b{-mpwr7}|@b{-mpower8}|@b{-mpwr8}|@b{-mpower9}|@b{-mpwr9}@b{-ma2}|
488 @b{-mcell}|@b{-mspe}|@b{-mtitan}|@b{-me300}|@b{-mcom}]
5817ffd1 489 [@b{-many}] [@b{-maltivec}|@b{-mvsx}|@b{-mhtm}|@b{-mvle}]
a4fb0134 490 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
b8b738ac
AM
491 [@b{-mrelocatable}|@b{-mrelocatable-lib}|@b{-K PIC}] [@b{-memb}]
492 [@b{-mlittle}|@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-le}|@b{-mbig}|@b{-mbig-endian}|@b{-be}]
a4fb0134 493 [@b{-msolaris}|@b{-mno-solaris}]
b8b738ac 494 [@b{-nops=@var{count}}]
a4fb0134 495@end ifset
856ea05c
KP
496@ifset RL78
497
498@emph{Target RL78 options:}
499 [@b{-mg10}]
500 [@b{-m32bit-doubles}|@b{-m64bit-doubles}]
501@end ifset
c7927a3c
NC
502@ifset RX
503
504@emph{Target RX options:}
505 [@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-mbig-endian}]
c7927a3c 506 [@b{-m32bit-doubles}|@b{-m64bit-doubles}]
708e2187
NC
507 [@b{-muse-conventional-section-names}]
508 [@b{-msmall-data-limit}]
509 [@b{-mpid}]
510 [@b{-mrelax}]
511 [@b{-mint-register=@var{number}}]
512 [@b{-mgcc-abi}|@b{-mrx-abi}]
c7927a3c 513@end ifset
4f7eddc4
PD
514@ifset RISCV
515
516@emph{Target RISC-V options:}
517 [@b{-m32}|@b{-m64}]
518 [@b{-mrvc}]
519 [@b{-mhard-float}|@b{-msoft-float}]
520@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
521@ifset S390
522
523@emph{Target s390 options:}
524 [@b{-m31}|@b{-m64}] [@b{-mesa}|@b{-mzarch}] [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}]
525 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
526 [@b{-mwarn-areg-zero}]
527@end ifset
c3b7224a
NC
528@ifset SCORE
529
530@emph{Target SCORE options:}
531 [@b{-EB}][@b{-EL}][@b{-FIXDD}][@b{-NWARN}]
532 [@b{-SCORE5}][@b{-SCORE5U}][@b{-SCORE7}][@b{-SCORE3}]
533 [@b{-march=score7}][@b{-march=score3}]
534 [@b{-USE_R1}][@b{-KPIC}][@b{-O0}][@b{-G} @var{num}][@b{-V}]
535@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
536@ifset SPARC
537
538@emph{Target SPARC options:}
539@c The order here is important. See c-sparc.texi.
46a2d504
JM
540 [@b{-Av6}|@b{-Av7}|@b{-Av8}|@b{-Aleon}|@b{-Asparclet}|@b{-Asparclite}
541 @b{-Av8plus}|@b{-Av8plusa}|@b{-Av8plusb}|@b{-Av8plusc}|@b{-Av8plusd}
542 @b{-Av8plusv}|@b{-Av8plusm}|@b{-Av9}|@b{-Av9a}|@b{-Av9b}|@b{-Av9c}
543 @b{-Av9d}|@b{-Av9e}|@b{-Av9v}|@b{-Av9m}|@b{-Asparc}|@b{-Asparcvis}
544 @b{-Asparcvis2}|@b{-Asparcfmaf}|@b{-Asparcima}|@b{-Asparcvis3}
545 @b{-Asparcvisr}|@b{-Asparc5}]
546 [@b{-xarch=v8plus}|@b{-xarch=v8plusa}]|@b{-xarch=v8plusb}|@b{-xarch=v8plusc}
547 @b{-xarch=v8plusd}|@b{-xarch=v8plusv}|@b{-xarch=v8plusm}|@b{-xarch=v9}
548 @b{-xarch=v9a}|@b{-xarch=v9b}|@b{-xarch=v9c}|@b{-xarch=v9d}|@b{-xarch=v9e}
549 @b{-xarch=v9v}|@b{-xarch=v9m}|@b{-xarch=sparc}|@b{-xarch=sparcvis}
550 @b{-xarch=sparcvis2}|@b{-xarch=sparcfmaf}|@b{-xarch=sparcima}
551 @b{-xarch=sparcvis3}|@b{-xarch=sparcvisr}|@b{-xarch=sparc5}
552 @b{-bump}]
a4fb0134 553 [@b{-32}|@b{-64}]
46a2d504 554 [@b{--enforce-aligned-data}][@b{--dcti-couples-detect}]
a4fb0134
SC
555@end ifset
556@ifset TIC54X
557
558@emph{Target TIC54X options:}
01642c12 559 [@b{-mcpu=54[123589]}|@b{-mcpu=54[56]lp}] [@b{-mfar-mode}|@b{-mf}]
a4fb0134
SC
560 [@b{-merrors-to-file} @var{<filename>}|@b{-me} @var{<filename>}]
561@end ifset
40b36596
JM
562@ifset TIC6X
563
564@emph{Target TIC6X options:}
98d23bef
BS
565 [@b{-march=@var{arch}}] [@b{-mbig-endian}|@b{-mlittle-endian}]
566 [@b{-mdsbt}|@b{-mno-dsbt}] [@b{-mpid=no}|@b{-mpid=near}|@b{-mpid=far}]
567 [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}]
40b36596 568@end ifset
aa137e4d
NC
569@ifset TILEGX
570
571@emph{Target TILE-Gx options:}
fb6cedde 572 [@b{-m32}|@b{-m64}][@b{-EB}][@b{-EL}]
aa137e4d
NC
573@end ifset
574@ifset TILEPRO
575@c TILEPro has no machine-dependent assembler options
576@end ifset
b6605ddd 577@ifset VISIUM
40b36596 578
b6605ddd
EB
579@emph{Target Visium options:}
580 [@b{-mtune=@var{arch}}]
581@end ifset
2d8b84ae
SA
582@ifset XTENSA
583
584@emph{Target Xtensa options:}
b46824bd
MF
585 [@b{--[no-]text-section-literals}] [@b{--[no-]auto-litpools}]
586 [@b{--[no-]absolute-literals}]
2d8b84ae
SA
587 [@b{--[no-]target-align}] [@b{--[no-]longcalls}]
588 [@b{--[no-]transform}]
589 [@b{--rename-section} @var{oldname}=@var{newname}]
a82c7d90 590 [@b{--[no-]trampolines}]
2d8b84ae 591@end ifset
3c9b82ba
NC
592@ifset Z80
593
594@emph{Target Z80 options:}
595 [@b{-z80}] [@b{-r800}]
596 [@b{ -ignore-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wnud}]
597 [@b{ -ignore-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wnup}]
598 [@b{ -warn-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wud}]
599 [@b{ -warn-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wup}]
600 [@b{ -forbid-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Fud}]
601 [@b{ -forbid-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Fup}]
602@end ifset
a4fb0134 603@ifset Z8000
b6605ddd 604
a4fb0134 605@c Z8000 has no machine-dependent assembler options
252b5132 606@end ifset
e0001a05 607
0285c67d 608@c man end
252b5132
RH
609@end smallexample
610
0285c67d
NC
611@c man begin OPTIONS
612
a4fb0134 613@table @gcctabopt
38fc1cb1 614@include at-file.texi
a0b7da79 615
83f10cb2 616@item -a[cdghlmns]
252b5132
RH
617Turn on listings, in any of a variety of ways:
618
a4fb0134 619@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
620@item -ac
621omit false conditionals
622
623@item -ad
624omit debugging directives
625
83f10cb2
NC
626@item -ag
627include general information, like @value{AS} version and options passed
628
252b5132
RH
629@item -ah
630include high-level source
631
632@item -al
633include assembly
634
635@item -am
636include macro expansions
637
638@item -an
639omit forms processing
640
641@item -as
642include symbols
643
644@item =file
645set the name of the listing file
646@end table
647
648You may combine these options; for example, use @samp{-aln} for assembly
649listing without forms processing. The @samp{=file} option, if used, must be
650the last one. By itself, @samp{-a} defaults to @samp{-ahls}.
651
caa32fe5 652@item --alternate
96e9638b
BW
653Begin in alternate macro mode.
654@ifclear man
655@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
656@end ifclear
caa32fe5 657
955974c6 658@item --compress-debug-sections
19a7fe52
L
659Compress DWARF debug sections using zlib with SHF_COMPRESSED from the
660ELF ABI. The resulting object file may not be compatible with older
661linkers and object file utilities. Note if compression would make a
662given section @emph{larger} then it is not compressed.
955974c6 663
151411f8
L
664@ifset ELF
665@cindex @samp{--compress-debug-sections=} option
666@item --compress-debug-sections=none
667@itemx --compress-debug-sections=zlib
668@itemx --compress-debug-sections=zlib-gnu
669@itemx --compress-debug-sections=zlib-gabi
670These options control how DWARF debug sections are compressed.
671@option{--compress-debug-sections=none} is equivalent to
672@option{--nocompress-debug-sections}.
673@option{--compress-debug-sections=zlib} and
19a7fe52 674@option{--compress-debug-sections=zlib-gabi} are equivalent to
151411f8 675@option{--compress-debug-sections}.
19a7fe52
L
676@option{--compress-debug-sections=zlib-gnu} compresses DWARF debug
677sections using zlib. The debug sections are renamed to begin with
678@samp{.zdebug}. Note if compression would make a given section
679@emph{larger} then it is not compressed nor renamed.
680
151411f8
L
681@end ifset
682
955974c6 683@item --nocompress-debug-sections
e12fe555
NC
684Do not compress DWARF debug sections. This is usually the default for all
685targets except the x86/x86_64, but a configure time option can be used to
686override this.
955974c6 687
252b5132
RH
688@item -D
689Ignored. This option is accepted for script compatibility with calls to
690other assemblers.
691
3d6b762c
JM
692@item --debug-prefix-map @var{old}=@var{new}
693When assembling files in directory @file{@var{old}}, record debugging
694information describing them as in @file{@var{new}} instead.
695
252b5132
RH
696@item --defsym @var{sym}=@var{value}
697Define the symbol @var{sym} to be @var{value} before assembling the input file.
698@var{value} must be an integer constant. As in C, a leading @samp{0x}
bf083c64
NC
699indicates a hexadecimal value, and a leading @samp{0} indicates an octal
700value. The value of the symbol can be overridden inside a source file via the
701use of a @code{.set} pseudo-op.
252b5132
RH
702
703@item -f
704``fast''---skip whitespace and comment preprocessing (assume source is
705compiler output).
706
329e276d
NC
707@item -g
708@itemx --gen-debug
709Generate debugging information for each assembler source line using whichever
710debug format is preferred by the target. This currently means either STABS,
711ECOFF or DWARF2.
712
252b5132
RH
713@item --gstabs
714Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line. This
715may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it.
716
05da4302
NC
717@item --gstabs+
718Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line, with GNU
719extensions that probably only gdb can handle, and that could make other
720debuggers crash or refuse to read your program. This
721may help debugging assembler code. Currently the only GNU extension is
722the location of the current working directory at assembling time.
723
329e276d 724@item --gdwarf-2
cdf82bcf 725Generate DWARF2 debugging information for each assembler line. This
c1253627 726may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it. Note---this
85a39694 727option is only supported by some targets, not all of them.
cdf82bcf 728
b40bf0a2
NC
729@item --gdwarf-sections
730Instead of creating a .debug_line section, create a series of
731.debug_line.@var{foo} sections where @var{foo} is the name of the
732corresponding code section. For example a code section called @var{.text.func}
733will have its dwarf line number information placed into a section called
734@var{.debug_line.text.func}. If the code section is just called @var{.text}
735then debug line section will still be called just @var{.debug_line} without any
736suffix.
737
b8871f35 738@ifset ELF
21be61f5
L
739@item --size-check=error
740@itemx --size-check=warning
741Issue an error or warning for invalid ELF .size directive.
742
b8871f35
L
743@item --elf-stt-common=no
744@itemx --elf-stt-common=yes
745These options control whether the ELF assembler should generate common
746symbols with the @code{STT_COMMON} type. The default can be controlled
747by a configure option @option{--enable-elf-stt-common}.
748@end ifset
749
252b5132
RH
750@item --help
751Print a summary of the command line options and exit.
752
ea20a7da
CC
753@item --target-help
754Print a summary of all target specific options and exit.
755
252b5132
RH
756@item -I @var{dir}
757Add directory @var{dir} to the search list for @code{.include} directives.
758
759@item -J
760Don't warn about signed overflow.
761
762@item -K
763@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
764This option is accepted but has no effect on the @value{TARGET} family.
765@end ifclear
766@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
767Issue warnings when difference tables altered for long displacements.
768@end ifset
769
770@item -L
771@itemx --keep-locals
ba83aca1
BW
772Keep (in the symbol table) local symbols. These symbols start with
773system-specific local label prefixes, typically @samp{.L} for ELF systems
774or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems.
775@ifclear man
776@xref{Symbol Names}.
777@end ifclear
252b5132 778
c3a27914
NC
779@item --listing-lhs-width=@var{number}
780Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for an assembler
781listing to @var{number}.
782
783@item --listing-lhs-width2=@var{number}
784Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for continuation
785lines in an assembler listing to @var{number}.
786
787@item --listing-rhs-width=@var{number}
788Set the maximum width of an input source line, as displayed in a listing, to
789@var{number} bytes.
790
791@item --listing-cont-lines=@var{number}
792Set the maximum number of lines printed in a listing for a single line of input
793to @var{number} + 1.
794
2edb36e7
NC
795@item --no-pad-sections
796Stop the assembler for padding the ends of output sections to the alignment
797of that section. The default is to pad the sections, but this can waste space
798which might be needed on targets which have tight memory constraints.
799
252b5132 800@item -o @var{objfile}
a4fb0134 801Name the object-file output from @command{@value{AS}} @var{objfile}.
252b5132
RH
802
803@item -R
804Fold the data section into the text section.
805
d60646b9 806@item --hash-size=@var{number}
4bdd3565
NC
807Set the default size of GAS's hash tables to a prime number close to
808@var{number}. Increasing this value can reduce the length of time it takes the
809assembler to perform its tasks, at the expense of increasing the assembler's
810memory requirements. Similarly reducing this value can reduce the memory
811requirements at the expense of speed.
812
813@item --reduce-memory-overheads
814This option reduces GAS's memory requirements, at the expense of making the
815assembly processes slower. Currently this switch is a synonym for
816@samp{--hash-size=4051}, but in the future it may have other effects as well.
817
451133ce
NP
818@ifset ELF
819@item --sectname-subst
820Honor substitution sequences in section names.
821@ifclear man
822@xref{Section Name Substitutions,,@code{.section @var{name}}}.
823@end ifclear
824@end ifset
825
252b5132
RH
826@item --statistics
827Print the maximum space (in bytes) and total time (in seconds) used by
828assembly.
829
830@item --strip-local-absolute
831Remove local absolute symbols from the outgoing symbol table.
832
833@item -v
834@itemx -version
a4fb0134 835Print the @command{as} version.
252b5132
RH
836
837@item --version
a4fb0134 838Print the @command{as} version and exit.
252b5132
RH
839
840@item -W
2bdd6cf5 841@itemx --no-warn
252b5132
RH
842Suppress warning messages.
843
2bdd6cf5
GK
844@item --fatal-warnings
845Treat warnings as errors.
846
847@item --warn
848Don't suppress warning messages or treat them as errors.
849
252b5132
RH
850@item -w
851Ignored.
852
853@item -x
854Ignored.
855
856@item -Z
857Generate an object file even after errors.
858
859@item -- | @var{files} @dots{}
860Standard input, or source files to assemble.
861
862@end table
2a633939
JM
863@c man end
864
a06ea964
NC
865@ifset AARCH64
866
867@ifclear man
868@xref{AArch64 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
869for the 64-bit mode of the ARM Architecture (AArch64).
870@end ifclear
871
872@ifset man
873@c man begin OPTIONS
874The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
87564-bit mode of the ARM Architecture (AArch64).
876@c man end
877@c man begin INCLUDE
878@include c-aarch64.texi
879@c ended inside the included file
880@end ifset
881
882@end ifset
883
2a633939
JM
884@ifset ALPHA
885
886@ifclear man
887@xref{Alpha Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
888for an Alpha processor.
889@end ifclear
890
891@ifset man
892@c man begin OPTIONS
893The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an Alpha
894processor.
895@c man end
896@c man begin INCLUDE
897@include c-alpha.texi
898@c ended inside the included file
899@end ifset
900
901@end ifset
252b5132 902
2a633939 903@c man begin OPTIONS
252b5132 904@ifset ARC
886a2506
NC
905The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an ARC
906processor.
252b5132 907
a4fb0134 908@table @gcctabopt
886a2506 909@item -mcpu=@var{cpu}
0d2bcfaf
NC
910This option selects the core processor variant.
911@item -EB | -EL
912Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
886a2506
NC
913@item -mcode-density
914Enable Code Density extenssion instructions.
252b5132
RH
915@end table
916@end ifset
917
918@ifset ARM
919The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the ARM
920processor family.
921
a4fb0134 922@table @gcctabopt
92081f48 923@item -mcpu=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 924Specify which ARM processor variant is the target.
92081f48 925@item -march=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 926Specify which ARM architecture variant is used by the target.
03b1477f 927@item -mfpu=@var{floating-point-format}
a349d9dd 928Select which Floating Point architecture is the target.
33a392fb
PB
929@item -mfloat-abi=@var{abi}
930Select which floating point ABI is in use.
03b1477f
RE
931@item -mthumb
932Enable Thumb only instruction decoding.
7f266840 933@item -mapcs-32 | -mapcs-26 | -mapcs-float | -mapcs-reentrant
252b5132
RH
934Select which procedure calling convention is in use.
935@item -EB | -EL
936Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
cdf82bcf
NC
937@item -mthumb-interwork
938Specify that the code has been generated with interworking between Thumb and
939ARM code in mind.
2e6976a8
DG
940@item -mccs
941Turns on CodeComposer Studio assembly syntax compatibility mode.
cdf82bcf
NC
942@item -k
943Specify that PIC code has been generated.
252b5132
RH
944@end table
945@end ifset
635fb38d 946@c man end
252b5132 947
9982501a 948@ifset Blackfin
8611b8fd
MF
949
950@ifclear man
951@xref{Blackfin Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
952configured for the Blackfin processor family.
953@end ifclear
954
955@ifset man
956@c man begin OPTIONS
9982501a
JZ
957The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
958the Blackfin processor family.
8611b8fd
MF
959@c man end
960@c man begin INCLUDE
961@include c-bfin.texi
962@c ended inside the included file
963@end ifset
9982501a 964
9982501a
JZ
965@end ifset
966
635fb38d 967@c man begin OPTIONS
328eb32e
HPN
968@ifset CRIS
969See the info pages for documentation of the CRIS-specific options.
970@end ifset
971
252b5132
RH
972@ifset D10V
973The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
974a D10V processor.
a4fb0134 975@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
976@cindex D10V optimization
977@cindex optimization, D10V
978@item -O
979Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
980@end table
981@end ifset
982
983@ifset D30V
984The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a D30V
985processor.
a4fb0134 986@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
987@cindex D30V optimization
988@cindex optimization, D30V
989@item -O
990Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
991
992@cindex D30V nops
993@item -n
994Warn when nops are generated.
995
996@cindex D30V nops after 32-bit multiply
997@item -N
998Warn when a nop after a 32-bit multiply instruction is generated.
999@end table
1000@end ifset
731caf76
L
1001@c man end
1002
cfb8c092
NC
1003@ifset EPIPHANY
1004The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1005Adapteva EPIPHANY series.
1006
56b13185
JR
1007@ifclear man
1008@xref{Epiphany Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
1009configured for an Epiphany processor.
1010@end ifclear
cfb8c092 1011
56b13185
JR
1012@ifset man
1013@c man begin OPTIONS
1014The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1015an Epiphany processor.
1016@c man end
1017@c man begin INCLUDE
1018@include c-epiphany.texi
0c76cae8
AM
1019@c ended inside the included file
1020@end ifset
1021
1022@end ifset
1023
1024@ifset H8300
1025
1026@ifclear man
1027@xref{H8/300 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1028for an H8/300 processor.
1029@end ifclear
1030
1031@ifset man
1032@c man begin OPTIONS
1033The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an H8/300
1034processor.
1035@c man end
1036@c man begin INCLUDE
1037@include c-h8300.texi
56b13185
JR
1038@c ended inside the included file
1039@end ifset
cfb8c092 1040
cfb8c092
NC
1041@end ifset
1042
731caf76 1043@ifset I80386
252b5132 1044
731caf76
L
1045@ifclear man
1046@xref{i386-Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
1047configured for an i386 processor.
1048@end ifclear
1049
1050@ifset man
1051@c man begin OPTIONS
1052The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1053an i386 processor.
1054@c man end
1055@c man begin INCLUDE
1056@include c-i386.texi
1057@c ended inside the included file
1058@end ifset
1059
1060@end ifset
1061
1062@c man begin OPTIONS
252b5132
RH
1063@ifset I960
1064The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1065Intel 80960 processor.
1066
a4fb0134 1067@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1068@item -ACA | -ACA_A | -ACB | -ACC | -AKA | -AKB | -AKC | -AMC
1069Specify which variant of the 960 architecture is the target.
1070
1071@item -b
1072Add code to collect statistics about branches taken.
1073
1074@item -no-relax
1075Do not alter compare-and-branch instructions for long displacements;
1076error if necessary.
1077
1078@end table
1079@end ifset
1080
a40cbfa3
NC
1081@ifset IP2K
1082The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
ec88d317 1083Ubicom IP2K series.
a40cbfa3
NC
1084
1085@table @gcctabopt
1086
1087@item -mip2022ext
1088Specifies that the extended IP2022 instructions are allowed.
1089
1090@item -mip2022
8dfa0188 1091Restores the default behaviour, which restricts the permitted instructions to
a40cbfa3
NC
1092just the basic IP2022 ones.
1093
1094@end table
1095@end ifset
1096
49f58d10
JB
1097@ifset M32C
1098The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1099Renesas M32C and M16C processors.
1100
1101@table @gcctabopt
1102
1103@item -m32c
1104Assemble M32C instructions.
1105
1106@item -m16c
1107Assemble M16C instructions (the default).
1108
c54b5932
DD
1109@item -relax
1110Enable support for link-time relaxations.
1111
1112@item -h-tick-hex
1113Support H'00 style hex constants in addition to 0x00 style.
1114
49f58d10
JB
1115@end table
1116@end ifset
1117
ec694b89
NC
1118@ifset M32R
1119The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
26597c86 1120Renesas M32R (formerly Mitsubishi M32R) series.
ec694b89 1121
a4fb0134 1122@table @gcctabopt
ec694b89
NC
1123
1124@item --m32rx
1125Specify which processor in the M32R family is the target. The default
1126is normally the M32R, but this option changes it to the M32RX.
1127
1128@item --warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wp
1129Produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
01642c12 1130encountered.
ec694b89
NC
1131
1132@item --no-warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wnp
01642c12
RM
1133Do not produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
1134encountered.
ec694b89
NC
1135
1136@end table
1137@end ifset
252b5132
RH
1138
1139@ifset M680X0
1140The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1141Motorola 68000 series.
1142
a4fb0134 1143@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1144
1145@item -l
1146Shorten references to undefined symbols, to one word instead of two.
1147
0285c67d
NC
1148@item -m68000 | -m68008 | -m68010 | -m68020 | -m68030
1149@itemx | -m68040 | -m68060 | -m68302 | -m68331 | -m68332
1150@itemx | -m68333 | -m68340 | -mcpu32 | -m5200
252b5132
RH
1151Specify what processor in the 68000 family is the target. The default
1152is normally the 68020, but this can be changed at configuration time.
1153
1154@item -m68881 | -m68882 | -mno-68881 | -mno-68882
1155The target machine does (or does not) have a floating-point coprocessor.
1156The default is to assume a coprocessor for 68020, 68030, and cpu32. Although
1157the basic 68000 is not compatible with the 68881, a combination of the
1158two can be specified, since it's possible to do emulation of the
1159coprocessor instructions with the main processor.
1160
1161@item -m68851 | -mno-68851
1162The target machine does (or does not) have a memory-management
1163unit coprocessor. The default is to assume an MMU for 68020 and up.
1164
1165@end table
1166@end ifset
1167
36591ba1
SL
1168@ifset NIOSII
1169
1170@ifclear man
1171@xref{Nios II Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1172for an Altera Nios II processor.
1173@end ifclear
1174
1175@ifset man
1176@c man begin OPTIONS
1177The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an
1178Altera Nios II processor.
1179@c man end
1180@c man begin INCLUDE
1181@include c-nios2.texi
1182@c ended inside the included file
1183@end ifset
1184@end ifset
1185
e135f41b
NC
1186@ifset PDP11
1187
1188For details about the PDP-11 machine dependent features options,
1189see @ref{PDP-11-Options}.
1190
a4fb0134 1191@table @gcctabopt
e135f41b
NC
1192@item -mpic | -mno-pic
1193Generate position-independent (or position-dependent) code. The
a4fb0134 1194default is @option{-mpic}.
e135f41b
NC
1195
1196@item -mall
1197@itemx -mall-extensions
1198Enable all instruction set extensions. This is the default.
1199
1200@item -mno-extensions
1201Disable all instruction set extensions.
1202
1203@item -m@var{extension} | -mno-@var{extension}
1204Enable (or disable) a particular instruction set extension.
1205
1206@item -m@var{cpu}
1207Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular CPU, and
1208disable all other extensions.
1209
1210@item -m@var{machine}
1211Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular machine
1212model, and disable all other extensions.
1213@end table
1214
1215@end ifset
1216
041dd5a9
ILT
1217@ifset PJ
1218The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1219a picoJava processor.
1220
a4fb0134 1221@table @gcctabopt
041dd5a9
ILT
1222
1223@cindex PJ endianness
1224@cindex endianness, PJ
1225@cindex big endian output, PJ
1226@item -mb
1227Generate ``big endian'' format output.
1228
1229@cindex little endian output, PJ
1230@item -ml
1231Generate ``little endian'' format output.
1232
1233@end table
1234@end ifset
1235
60bcf0fa
NC
1236@ifset M68HC11
1237The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1238Motorola 68HC11 or 68HC12 series.
1239
a4fb0134 1240@table @gcctabopt
60bcf0fa 1241
6927f982 1242@item -m68hc11 | -m68hc12 | -m68hcs12 | -mm9s12x | -mm9s12xg
60bcf0fa
NC
1243Specify what processor is the target. The default is
1244defined by the configuration option when building the assembler.
1245
6927f982
NC
1246@item --xgate-ramoffset
1247Instruct the linker to offset RAM addresses from S12X address space into
1248XGATE address space.
1249
2f904664
SC
1250@item -mshort
1251Specify to use the 16-bit integer ABI.
1252
1253@item -mlong
01642c12 1254Specify to use the 32-bit integer ABI.
2f904664
SC
1255
1256@item -mshort-double
01642c12 1257Specify to use the 32-bit double ABI.
2f904664
SC
1258
1259@item -mlong-double
01642c12 1260Specify to use the 64-bit double ABI.
2f904664 1261
1370e33d 1262@item --force-long-branches
60bcf0fa
NC
1263Relative branches are turned into absolute ones. This concerns
1264conditional branches, unconditional branches and branches to a
1265sub routine.
1266
1370e33d
NC
1267@item -S | --short-branches
1268Do not turn relative branches into absolute ones
60bcf0fa
NC
1269when the offset is out of range.
1270
1271@item --strict-direct-mode
1272Do not turn the direct addressing mode into extended addressing mode
1273when the instruction does not support direct addressing mode.
1274
1275@item --print-insn-syntax
1276Print the syntax of instruction in case of error.
1277
1278@item --print-opcodes
6927f982 1279Print the list of instructions with syntax and then exit.
60bcf0fa
NC
1280
1281@item --generate-example
6927f982 1282Print an example of instruction for each possible instruction and then exit.
a4fb0134 1283This option is only useful for testing @command{@value{AS}}.
60bcf0fa
NC
1284
1285@end table
1286@end ifset
1287
252b5132 1288@ifset SPARC
a4fb0134 1289The following options are available when @command{@value{AS}} is configured
252b5132
RH
1290for the SPARC architecture:
1291
a4fb0134 1292@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1293@item -Av6 | -Av7 | -Av8 | -Asparclet | -Asparclite
1294@itemx -Av8plus | -Av8plusa | -Av9 | -Av9a
1295Explicitly select a variant of the SPARC architecture.
1296
1297@samp{-Av8plus} and @samp{-Av8plusa} select a 32 bit environment.
1298@samp{-Av9} and @samp{-Av9a} select a 64 bit environment.
1299
1300@samp{-Av8plusa} and @samp{-Av9a} enable the SPARC V9 instruction set with
1301UltraSPARC extensions.
1302
1303@item -xarch=v8plus | -xarch=v8plusa
1304For compatibility with the Solaris v9 assembler. These options are
1305equivalent to -Av8plus and -Av8plusa, respectively.
1306
1307@item -bump
1308Warn when the assembler switches to another architecture.
1309@end table
1310@end ifset
1311
39bec121
TW
1312@ifset TIC54X
1313The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the 'c54x
01642c12 1314architecture.
39bec121 1315
a4fb0134 1316@table @gcctabopt
39bec121
TW
1317@item -mfar-mode
1318Enable extended addressing mode. All addresses and relocations will assume
1319extended addressing (usually 23 bits).
1320@item -mcpu=@var{CPU_VERSION}
1321Sets the CPU version being compiled for.
1322@item -merrors-to-file @var{FILENAME}
1323Redirect error output to a file, for broken systems which don't support such
1324behaviour in the shell.
1325@end table
1326@end ifset
1327
252b5132
RH
1328@ifset MIPS
1329The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
98508b2a 1330a MIPS processor.
252b5132 1331
a4fb0134 1332@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1333@item -G @var{num}
1334This option sets the largest size of an object that can be referenced
1335implicitly with the @code{gp} register. It is only accepted for targets that
1336use ECOFF format, such as a DECstation running Ultrix. The default value is 8.
1337
1338@cindex MIPS endianness
1339@cindex endianness, MIPS
1340@cindex big endian output, MIPS
1341@item -EB
1342Generate ``big endian'' format output.
1343
1344@cindex little endian output, MIPS
1345@item -EL
1346Generate ``little endian'' format output.
1347
1348@cindex MIPS ISA
1349@item -mips1
1350@itemx -mips2
1351@itemx -mips3
e7af610e 1352@itemx -mips4
437ee9d5 1353@itemx -mips5
e7af610e 1354@itemx -mips32
af7ee8bf 1355@itemx -mips32r2
ae52f483
AB
1356@itemx -mips32r3
1357@itemx -mips32r5
7361da2c 1358@itemx -mips32r6
4058e45f 1359@itemx -mips64
5f74bc13 1360@itemx -mips64r2
ae52f483
AB
1361@itemx -mips64r3
1362@itemx -mips64r5
7361da2c 1363@itemx -mips64r6
98508b2a 1364Generate code for a particular MIPS Instruction Set Architecture level.
437ee9d5
TS
1365@samp{-mips1} is an alias for @samp{-march=r3000}, @samp{-mips2} is an
1366alias for @samp{-march=r6000}, @samp{-mips3} is an alias for
1367@samp{-march=r4000} and @samp{-mips4} is an alias for @samp{-march=r8000}.
ae52f483 1368@samp{-mips5}, @samp{-mips32}, @samp{-mips32r2}, @samp{-mips32r3},
7361da2c
AB
1369@samp{-mips32r5}, @samp{-mips32r6}, @samp{-mips64}, @samp{-mips64r2},
1370@samp{-mips64r3}, @samp{-mips64r5}, and @samp{-mips64r6} correspond to generic
1371MIPS V, MIPS32, MIPS32 Release 2, MIPS32 Release 3, MIPS32 Release 5, MIPS32
1372Release 6, MIPS64, MIPS64 Release 2, MIPS64 Release 3, MIPS64 Release 5, and
1373MIPS64 Release 6 ISA processors, respectively.
437ee9d5 1374
98508b2a
RS
1375@item -march=@var{cpu}
1376Generate code for a particular MIPS CPU.
437ee9d5
TS
1377
1378@item -mtune=@var{cpu}
98508b2a 1379Schedule and tune for a particular MIPS CPU.
437ee9d5
TS
1380
1381@item -mfix7000
1382@itemx -mno-fix7000
1383Cause nops to be inserted if the read of the destination register
1384of an mfhi or mflo instruction occurs in the following two instructions.
1385
a8d14a88
CM
1386@item -mfix-rm7000
1387@itemx -mno-fix-rm7000
1388Cause nops to be inserted if a dmult or dmultu instruction is
1389followed by a load instruction.
1390
ecb4347a
DJ
1391@item -mdebug
1392@itemx -no-mdebug
1393Cause stabs-style debugging output to go into an ECOFF-style .mdebug
1394section instead of the standard ELF .stabs sections.
1395
dcd410fe
RO
1396@item -mpdr
1397@itemx -mno-pdr
1398Control generation of @code{.pdr} sections.
1399
437ee9d5
TS
1400@item -mgp32
1401@itemx -mfp32
1402The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but these
1403flags force a certain group of registers to be treated as 32 bits wide at
1404all times. @samp{-mgp32} controls the size of general-purpose registers
1405and @samp{-mfp32} controls the size of floating-point registers.
1406
351cdf24
MF
1407@item -mgp64
1408@itemx -mfp64
1409The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but these
1410flags force a certain group of registers to be treated as 64 bits wide at
1411all times. @samp{-mgp64} controls the size of general-purpose registers
1412and @samp{-mfp64} controls the size of floating-point registers.
1413
1414@item -mfpxx
1415The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but using
1416this flag in combination with @samp{-mabi=32} enables an ABI variant
1417which will operate correctly with floating-point registers which are
141832 or 64 bits wide.
1419
1420@item -modd-spreg
1421@itemx -mno-odd-spreg
1422Enable use of floating-point operations on odd-numbered single-precision
1423registers when supported by the ISA. @samp{-mfpxx} implies
1424@samp{-mno-odd-spreg}, otherwise the default is @samp{-modd-spreg}.
1425
437ee9d5
TS
1426@item -mips16
1427@itemx -no-mips16
1428Generate code for the MIPS 16 processor. This is equivalent to putting
1429@code{.set mips16} at the start of the assembly file. @samp{-no-mips16}
1430turns off this option.
252b5132 1431
df58fc94
RS
1432@item -mmicromips
1433@itemx -mno-micromips
1434Generate code for the microMIPS processor. This is equivalent to putting
1435@code{.set micromips} at the start of the assembly file. @samp{-mno-micromips}
1436turns off this option. This is equivalent to putting @code{.set nomicromips}
1437at the start of the assembly file.
1438
e16bfa71
TS
1439@item -msmartmips
1440@itemx -mno-smartmips
1441Enables the SmartMIPS extension to the MIPS32 instruction set. This is
1442equivalent to putting @code{.set smartmips} at the start of the assembly file.
1443@samp{-mno-smartmips} turns off this option.
1444
1f25f5d3
CD
1445@item -mips3d
1446@itemx -no-mips3d
1447Generate code for the MIPS-3D Application Specific Extension.
1448This tells the assembler to accept MIPS-3D instructions.
1449@samp{-no-mips3d} turns off this option.
1450
deec1734
CD
1451@item -mdmx
1452@itemx -no-mdmx
1453Generate code for the MDMX Application Specific Extension.
1454This tells the assembler to accept MDMX instructions.
1455@samp{-no-mdmx} turns off this option.
1456
2ef2b9ae
CF
1457@item -mdsp
1458@itemx -mno-dsp
8b082fb1
TS
1459Generate code for the DSP Release 1 Application Specific Extension.
1460This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 1 instructions.
2ef2b9ae
CF
1461@samp{-mno-dsp} turns off this option.
1462
8b082fb1
TS
1463@item -mdspr2
1464@itemx -mno-dspr2
1465Generate code for the DSP Release 2 Application Specific Extension.
8f4f9071 1466This option implies @samp{-mdsp}.
8b082fb1
TS
1467This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 2 instructions.
1468@samp{-mno-dspr2} turns off this option.
1469
8f4f9071
MF
1470@item -mdspr3
1471@itemx -mno-dspr3
1472Generate code for the DSP Release 3 Application Specific Extension.
1473This option implies @samp{-mdsp} and @samp{-mdspr2}.
1474This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 3 instructions.
1475@samp{-mno-dspr3} turns off this option.
1476
56d438b1
CF
1477@item -mmsa
1478@itemx -mno-msa
1479Generate code for the MIPS SIMD Architecture Extension.
1480This tells the assembler to accept MSA instructions.
1481@samp{-mno-msa} turns off this option.
1482
7d64c587
AB
1483@item -mxpa
1484@itemx -mno-xpa
1485Generate code for the MIPS eXtended Physical Address (XPA) Extension.
1486This tells the assembler to accept XPA instructions.
1487@samp{-mno-xpa} turns off this option.
1488
ef2e4d86
CF
1489@item -mmt
1490@itemx -mno-mt
1491Generate code for the MT Application Specific Extension.
1492This tells the assembler to accept MT instructions.
1493@samp{-mno-mt} turns off this option.
1494
dec0624d
MR
1495@item -mmcu
1496@itemx -mno-mcu
1497Generate code for the MCU Application Specific Extension.
1498This tells the assembler to accept MCU instructions.
1499@samp{-mno-mcu} turns off this option.
1500
833794fc
MR
1501@item -minsn32
1502@itemx -mno-insn32
1503Only use 32-bit instruction encodings when generating code for the
1504microMIPS processor. This option inhibits the use of any 16-bit
1505instructions. This is equivalent to putting @code{.set insn32} at
1506the start of the assembly file. @samp{-mno-insn32} turns off this
1507option. This is equivalent to putting @code{.set noinsn32} at the
1508start of the assembly file. By default @samp{-mno-insn32} is
1509selected, allowing all instructions to be used.
1510
437ee9d5
TS
1511@item --construct-floats
1512@itemx --no-construct-floats
1513The @samp{--no-construct-floats} option disables the construction of
1514double width floating point constants by loading the two halves of the
1515value into the two single width floating point registers that make up
1516the double width register. By default @samp{--construct-floats} is
1517selected, allowing construction of these floating point constants.
252b5132 1518
3bf0dbfb
MR
1519@item --relax-branch
1520@itemx --no-relax-branch
1521The @samp{--relax-branch} option enables the relaxation of out-of-range
1522branches. By default @samp{--no-relax-branch} is selected, causing any
1523out-of-range branches to produce an error.
1524
ba92f887
MR
1525@item -mnan=@var{encoding}
1526Select between the IEEE 754-2008 (@option{-mnan=2008}) or the legacy
1527(@option{-mnan=legacy}) NaN encoding format. The latter is the default.
1528
252b5132
RH
1529@cindex emulation
1530@item --emulation=@var{name}
e8044f35
RS
1531This option was formerly used to switch between ELF and ECOFF output
1532on targets like IRIX 5 that supported both. MIPS ECOFF support was
1533removed in GAS 2.24, so the option now serves little purpose.
1534It is retained for backwards compatibility.
1535
1536The available configuration names are: @samp{mipself}, @samp{mipslelf} and
1537@samp{mipsbelf}. Choosing @samp{mipself} now has no effect, since the output
1538is always ELF. @samp{mipslelf} and @samp{mipsbelf} select little- and
1539big-endian output respectively, but @samp{-EL} and @samp{-EB} are now the
1540preferred options instead.
252b5132
RH
1541
1542@item -nocpp
a4fb0134 1543@command{@value{AS}} ignores this option. It is accepted for compatibility with
252b5132
RH
1544the native tools.
1545
252b5132
RH
1546@item --trap
1547@itemx --no-trap
1548@itemx --break
1549@itemx --no-break
1550Control how to deal with multiplication overflow and division by zero.
1551@samp{--trap} or @samp{--no-break} (which are synonyms) take a trap exception
1552(and only work for Instruction Set Architecture level 2 and higher);
1553@samp{--break} or @samp{--no-trap} (also synonyms, and the default) take a
1554break exception.
63486801
L
1555
1556@item -n
a4fb0134 1557When this option is used, @command{@value{AS}} will issue a warning every
63486801 1558time it generates a nop instruction from a macro.
252b5132
RH
1559@end table
1560@end ifset
1561
1562@ifset MCORE
1563The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1564an MCore processor.
1565
a4fb0134 1566@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1567@item -jsri2bsr
1568@itemx -nojsri2bsr
1569Enable or disable the JSRI to BSR transformation. By default this is enabled.
1570The command line option @samp{-nojsri2bsr} can be used to disable it.
1571
1572@item -sifilter
1573@itemx -nosifilter
1574Enable or disable the silicon filter behaviour. By default this is disabled.
a349d9dd 1575The default can be overridden by the @samp{-sifilter} command line option.
252b5132
RH
1576
1577@item -relax
1578Alter jump instructions for long displacements.
1579
ec694b89
NC
1580@item -mcpu=[210|340]
1581Select the cpu type on the target hardware. This controls which instructions
1582can be assembled.
1583
1584@item -EB
1585Assemble for a big endian target.
1586
1587@item -EL
1588Assemble for a little endian target.
252b5132
RH
1589
1590@end table
1591@end ifset
a3c62988 1592@c man end
252b5132 1593
a3c62988
NC
1594@ifset METAG
1595
1596@ifclear man
1597@xref{Meta Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1598for a Meta processor.
1599@end ifclear
1600
1601@ifset man
1602@c man begin OPTIONS
1603The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1604Meta processor.
1605@c man end
1606@c man begin INCLUDE
1607@include c-metag.texi
1608@c ended inside the included file
1609@end ifset
1610
1611@end ifset
1612
1613@c man begin OPTIONS
3c3bdf30
NC
1614@ifset MMIX
1615See the info pages for documentation of the MMIX-specific options.
1616@end ifset
1617
35c08157
KLC
1618@ifset NDS32
1619
1620@ifclear man
1621@xref{NDS32 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1622for a NDS32 processor.
1623@end ifclear
1624@c ended inside the included file
1625@end ifset
1626
1627@ifset man
1628@c man begin OPTIONS
1629The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1630NDS32 processor.
1631@c man end
1632@c man begin INCLUDE
1633@include c-nds32.texi
1634@c ended inside the included file
1635@end ifset
1636
635fb38d 1637@c man end
b8b738ac
AM
1638@ifset PPC
1639
1640@ifclear man
1641@xref{PowerPC-Opts}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1642for a PowerPC processor.
1643@end ifclear
1644
1645@ifset man
1646@c man begin OPTIONS
1647The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1648PowerPC processor.
1649@c man end
1650@c man begin INCLUDE
1651@include c-ppc.texi
1652@c ended inside the included file
1653@end ifset
1654
1655@end ifset
1656
e23eba97
NC
1657@ifset RISCV
1658
1659@ifclear man
1660@xref{RISC-V-Opts}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1661for a RISC-V processor.
1662@end ifclear
1663
1664@ifset man
1665@c man begin OPTIONS
1666The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1667RISC-V processor.
1668@c man end
1669@c man begin INCLUDE
1670@include c-riscv.texi
1671@c ended inside the included file
1672@end ifset
1673
1674@end ifset
1675
635fb38d 1676@c man begin OPTIONS
046d31c2
NC
1677@ifset RX
1678See the info pages for documentation of the RX-specific options.
1679@end ifset
1680
11c19e16
MS
1681@ifset S390
1682The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the s390
1683processor family.
1684
1685@table @gcctabopt
1686@item -m31
1687@itemx -m64
1688Select the word size, either 31/32 bits or 64 bits.
1689@item -mesa
1690@item -mzarch
1691Select the architecture mode, either the Enterprise System
1692Architecture (esa) or the z/Architecture mode (zarch).
1693@item -march=@var{processor}
952c3f51
AK
1694Specify which s390 processor variant is the target, @samp{g5} (or
1695@samp{arch3}), @samp{g6}, @samp{z900} (or @samp{arch5}), @samp{z990} (or
1696@samp{arch6}), @samp{z9-109}, @samp{z9-ec} (or @samp{arch7}), @samp{z10} (or
1697@samp{arch8}), @samp{z196} (or @samp{arch9}), @samp{zEC12} (or @samp{arch10}),
1698or @samp{z13} (or @samp{arch11}).
11c19e16
MS
1699@item -mregnames
1700@itemx -mno-regnames
1701Allow or disallow symbolic names for registers.
1702@item -mwarn-areg-zero
1703Warn whenever the operand for a base or index register has been specified
1704but evaluates to zero.
1705@end table
1706@end ifset
2a633939 1707@c man end
11c19e16 1708
40b36596 1709@ifset TIC6X
2a633939
JM
1710
1711@ifclear man
1712@xref{TIC6X Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1713for a TMS320C6000 processor.
1714@end ifclear
1715
1716@ifset man
1717@c man begin OPTIONS
40b36596
JM
1718The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1719TMS320C6000 processor.
2a633939
JM
1720@c man end
1721@c man begin INCLUDE
1722@include c-tic6x.texi
1723@c ended inside the included file
1724@end ifset
40b36596
JM
1725
1726@end ifset
1727
aa137e4d
NC
1728@ifset TILEGX
1729
1730@ifclear man
1731@xref{TILE-Gx Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1732for a TILE-Gx processor.
1733@end ifclear
1734
1735@ifset man
1736@c man begin OPTIONS
1737The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a TILE-Gx
1738processor.
1739@c man end
1740@c man begin INCLUDE
1741@include c-tilegx.texi
1742@c ended inside the included file
1743@end ifset
1744
1745@end ifset
1746
b6605ddd
EB
1747@ifset VISIUM
1748
1749@ifclear man
1750@xref{Visium Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1751for a Visium processor.
1752@end ifclear
1753
1754@ifset man
1755@c man begin OPTIONS
1756The following option is available when @value{AS} is configured for a Visium
1757processor.
1758@c man end
1759@c man begin INCLUDE
1760@include c-visium.texi
1761@c ended inside the included file
1762@end ifset
1763
1764@end ifset
1765
e0001a05 1766@ifset XTENSA
e0001a05 1767
2d8b84ae
SA
1768@ifclear man
1769@xref{Xtensa Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1770for an Xtensa processor.
1771@end ifclear
1772
1773@ifset man
1774@c man begin OPTIONS
1775The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an
1776Xtensa processor.
1777@c man end
1778@c man begin INCLUDE
1779@include c-xtensa.texi
1780@c ended inside the included file
e0001a05
NC
1781@end ifset
1782
2d8b84ae
SA
1783@end ifset
1784
1785@c man begin OPTIONS
1786
3c9b82ba
NC
1787@ifset Z80
1788The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1789a Z80 family processor.
1790@table @gcctabopt
1791@item -z80
1792Assemble for Z80 processor.
1793@item -r800
1794Assemble for R800 processor.
01642c12 1795@item -ignore-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1796@itemx -Wnud
1797Assemble undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800 without warning.
01642c12 1798@item -ignore-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1799@itemx -Wnup
1800Assemble all undocumented Z80 instructions without warning.
01642c12 1801@item -warn-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1802@itemx -Wud
1803Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800.
01642c12 1804@item -warn-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba 1805@itemx -Wup
01642c12
RM
1806Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800.
1807@item -forbid-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1808@itemx -Fud
1809Treat all undocumented instructions as errors.
01642c12 1810@item -forbid-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba 1811@itemx -Fup
b45619c0 1812Treat undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800 as errors.
3c9b82ba
NC
1813@end table
1814@end ifset
1815
0285c67d
NC
1816@c man end
1817
252b5132
RH
1818@menu
1819* Manual:: Structure of this Manual
1820* GNU Assembler:: The GNU Assembler
1821* Object Formats:: Object File Formats
1822* Command Line:: Command Line
1823* Input Files:: Input Files
1824* Object:: Output (Object) File
1825* Errors:: Error and Warning Messages
1826@end menu
1827
1828@node Manual
1829@section Structure of this Manual
1830
1831@cindex manual, structure and purpose
1832This manual is intended to describe what you need to know to use
a4fb0134 1833@sc{gnu} @command{@value{AS}}. We cover the syntax expected in source files, including
252b5132 1834notation for symbols, constants, and expressions; the directives that
a4fb0134 1835@command{@value{AS}} understands; and of course how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1836
1837@ifclear GENERIC
1838We also cover special features in the @value{TARGET}
a4fb0134 1839configuration of @command{@value{AS}}, including assembler directives.
252b5132
RH
1840@end ifclear
1841@ifset GENERIC
1842This manual also describes some of the machine-dependent features of
1843various flavors of the assembler.
1844@end ifset
1845
1846@cindex machine instructions (not covered)
1847On the other hand, this manual is @emph{not} intended as an introduction
1848to programming in assembly language---let alone programming in general!
1849In a similar vein, we make no attempt to introduce the machine
1850architecture; we do @emph{not} describe the instruction set, standard
1851mnemonics, registers or addressing modes that are standard to a
1852particular architecture.
1853@ifset GENERIC
1854You may want to consult the manufacturer's
1855machine architecture manual for this information.
1856@end ifset
1857@ifclear GENERIC
1858@ifset H8/300
1859For information on the H8/300 machine instruction set, see @cite{H8/300
c2dcd04e
NC
1860Series Programming Manual}. For the H8/300H, see @cite{H8/300H Series
1861Programming Manual} (Renesas).
252b5132 1862@end ifset
252b5132 1863@ifset SH
ef230218
JR
1864For information on the Renesas (formerly Hitachi) / SuperH SH machine instruction set,
1865see @cite{SH-Microcomputer User's Manual} (Renesas) or
1866@cite{SH-4 32-bit CPU Core Architecture} (SuperH) and
1867@cite{SuperH (SH) 64-Bit RISC Series} (SuperH).
252b5132
RH
1868@end ifset
1869@ifset Z8000
1870For information on the Z8000 machine instruction set, see @cite{Z8000 CPU Technical Manual}
1871@end ifset
1872@end ifclear
1873
1874@c I think this is premature---doc@cygnus.com, 17jan1991
1875@ignore
1876Throughout this manual, we assume that you are running @dfn{GNU},
1877the portable operating system from the @dfn{Free Software
1878Foundation, Inc.}. This restricts our attention to certain kinds of
1879computer (in particular, the kinds of computers that @sc{gnu} can run on);
1880once this assumption is granted examples and definitions need less
1881qualification.
1882
a4fb0134 1883@command{@value{AS}} is part of a team of programs that turn a high-level
252b5132
RH
1884human-readable series of instructions into a low-level
1885computer-readable series of instructions. Different versions of
a4fb0134 1886@command{@value{AS}} are used for different kinds of computer.
252b5132
RH
1887@end ignore
1888
1889@c There used to be a section "Terminology" here, which defined
1890@c "contents", "byte", "word", and "long". Defining "word" to any
1891@c particular size is confusing when the .word directive may generate 16
1892@c bits on one machine and 32 bits on another; in general, for the user
1893@c version of this manual, none of these terms seem essential to define.
1894@c They were used very little even in the former draft of the manual;
1895@c this draft makes an effort to avoid them (except in names of
1896@c directives).
1897
1898@node GNU Assembler
1899@section The GNU Assembler
1900
0285c67d
NC
1901@c man begin DESCRIPTION
1902
a4fb0134 1903@sc{gnu} @command{as} is really a family of assemblers.
252b5132 1904@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 1905This manual describes @command{@value{AS}}, a member of that family which is
252b5132
RH
1906configured for the @value{TARGET} architectures.
1907@end ifclear
1908If you use (or have used) the @sc{gnu} assembler on one architecture, you
1909should find a fairly similar environment when you use it on another
1910architecture. Each version has much in common with the others,
1911including object file formats, most assembler directives (often called
1912@dfn{pseudo-ops}) and assembler syntax.@refill
1913
1914@cindex purpose of @sc{gnu} assembler
a4fb0134 1915@command{@value{AS}} is primarily intended to assemble the output of the
252b5132 1916@sc{gnu} C compiler @code{@value{GCC}} for use by the linker
a4fb0134 1917@code{@value{LD}}. Nevertheless, we've tried to make @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
1918assemble correctly everything that other assemblers for the same
1919machine would assemble.
1920@ifset VAX
1921Any exceptions are documented explicitly (@pxref{Machine Dependencies}).
1922@end ifset
1923@ifset M680X0
1924@c This remark should appear in generic version of manual; assumption
1925@c here is that generic version sets M680x0.
a4fb0134 1926This doesn't mean @command{@value{AS}} always uses the same syntax as another
252b5132
RH
1927assembler for the same architecture; for example, we know of several
1928incompatible versions of 680x0 assembly language syntax.
1929@end ifset
1930
0285c67d
NC
1931@c man end
1932
a4fb0134 1933Unlike older assemblers, @command{@value{AS}} is designed to assemble a source
252b5132
RH
1934program in one pass of the source file. This has a subtle impact on the
1935@kbd{.org} directive (@pxref{Org,,@code{.org}}).
1936
1937@node Object Formats
1938@section Object File Formats
1939
1940@cindex object file format
1941The @sc{gnu} assembler can be configured to produce several alternative
1942object file formats. For the most part, this does not affect how you
1943write assembly language programs; but directives for debugging symbols
1944are typically different in different file formats. @xref{Symbol
1945Attributes,,Symbol Attributes}.
1946@ifclear GENERIC
1947@ifclear MULTI-OBJ
c1253627 1948For the @value{TARGET} target, @command{@value{AS}} is configured to produce
252b5132
RH
1949@value{OBJ-NAME} format object files.
1950@end ifclear
1951@c The following should exhaust all configs that set MULTI-OBJ, ideally
252b5132 1952@ifset I960
a4fb0134 1953On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
252b5132
RH
1954@code{b.out} or COFF format object files.
1955@end ifset
1956@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134 1957On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
252b5132
RH
1958SOM or ELF format object files.
1959@end ifset
1960@end ifclear
1961
1962@node Command Line
1963@section Command Line
1964
1965@cindex command line conventions
0285c67d 1966
a4fb0134 1967After the program name @command{@value{AS}}, the command line may contain
252b5132
RH
1968options and file names. Options may appear in any order, and may be
1969before, after, or between file names. The order of file names is
1970significant.
1971
1972@cindex standard input, as input file
1973@kindex --
1974@file{--} (two hyphens) by itself names the standard input file
a4fb0134 1975explicitly, as one of the files for @command{@value{AS}} to assemble.
252b5132
RH
1976
1977@cindex options, command line
1978Except for @samp{--} any command line argument that begins with a
1979hyphen (@samp{-}) is an option. Each option changes the behavior of
a4fb0134 1980@command{@value{AS}}. No option changes the way another option works. An
252b5132
RH
1981option is a @samp{-} followed by one or more letters; the case of
1982the letter is important. All options are optional.
1983
1984Some options expect exactly one file name to follow them. The file
1985name may either immediately follow the option's letter (compatible
1986with older assemblers) or it may be the next command argument (@sc{gnu}
1987standard). These two command lines are equivalent:
1988
1989@smallexample
1990@value{AS} -o my-object-file.o mumble.s
1991@value{AS} -omy-object-file.o mumble.s
1992@end smallexample
1993
1994@node Input Files
1995@section Input Files
1996
1997@cindex input
1998@cindex source program
1999@cindex files, input
2000We use the phrase @dfn{source program}, abbreviated @dfn{source}, to
a4fb0134 2001describe the program input to one run of @command{@value{AS}}. The program may
252b5132
RH
2002be in one or more files; how the source is partitioned into files
2003doesn't change the meaning of the source.
2004
2005@c I added "con" prefix to "catenation" just to prove I can overcome my
2006@c APL training... doc@cygnus.com
2007The source program is a concatenation of the text in all the files, in the
2008order specified.
2009
0285c67d 2010@c man begin DESCRIPTION
a4fb0134 2011Each time you run @command{@value{AS}} it assembles exactly one source
252b5132
RH
2012program. The source program is made up of one or more files.
2013(The standard input is also a file.)
2014
a4fb0134 2015You give @command{@value{AS}} a command line that has zero or more input file
252b5132
RH
2016names. The input files are read (from left file name to right). A
2017command line argument (in any position) that has no special meaning
2018is taken to be an input file name.
2019
a4fb0134
SC
2020If you give @command{@value{AS}} no file names it attempts to read one input file
2021from the @command{@value{AS}} standard input, which is normally your terminal. You
2022may have to type @key{ctl-D} to tell @command{@value{AS}} there is no more program
252b5132
RH
2023to assemble.
2024
2025Use @samp{--} if you need to explicitly name the standard input file
2026in your command line.
2027
a4fb0134 2028If the source is empty, @command{@value{AS}} produces a small, empty object
252b5132
RH
2029file.
2030
0285c67d
NC
2031@c man end
2032
252b5132
RH
2033@subheading Filenames and Line-numbers
2034
2035@cindex input file linenumbers
2036@cindex line numbers, in input files
2037There are two ways of locating a line in the input file (or files) and
2038either may be used in reporting error messages. One way refers to a line
2039number in a physical file; the other refers to a line number in a
2040``logical'' file. @xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
2041
2042@dfn{Physical files} are those files named in the command line given
a4fb0134 2043to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2044
2045@dfn{Logical files} are simply names declared explicitly by assembler
2046directives; they bear no relation to physical files. Logical file names help
a4fb0134
SC
2047error messages reflect the original source file, when @command{@value{AS}} source
2048is itself synthesized from other files. @command{@value{AS}} understands the
252b5132
RH
2049@samp{#} directives emitted by the @code{@value{GCC}} preprocessor. See also
2050@ref{File,,@code{.file}}.
2051
2052@node Object
2053@section Output (Object) File
2054
2055@cindex object file
2056@cindex output file
2057@kindex a.out
2058@kindex .o
a4fb0134 2059Every time you run @command{@value{AS}} it produces an output file, which is
252b5132
RH
2060your assembly language program translated into numbers. This file
2061is the object file. Its default name is
2062@ifclear BOUT
2063@code{a.out}.
2064@end ifclear
2065@ifset BOUT
2066@ifset GENERIC
01642c12 2067@code{a.out}, or
252b5132 2068@end ifset
a4fb0134 2069@code{b.out} when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for the Intel 80960.
252b5132 2070@end ifset
a4fb0134 2071You can give it another name by using the @option{-o} option. Conventionally,
252b5132
RH
2072object file names end with @file{.o}. The default name is used for historical
2073reasons: older assemblers were capable of assembling self-contained programs
2074directly into a runnable program. (For some formats, this isn't currently
2075possible, but it can be done for the @code{a.out} format.)
2076
2077@cindex linker
2078@kindex ld
2079The object file is meant for input to the linker @code{@value{LD}}. It contains
2080assembled program code, information to help @code{@value{LD}} integrate
2081the assembled program into a runnable file, and (optionally) symbolic
2082information for the debugger.
2083
2084@c link above to some info file(s) like the description of a.out.
2085@c don't forget to describe @sc{gnu} info as well as Unix lossage.
2086
2087@node Errors
2088@section Error and Warning Messages
2089
0285c67d
NC
2090@c man begin DESCRIPTION
2091
a349d9dd 2092@cindex error messages
252b5132
RH
2093@cindex warning messages
2094@cindex messages from assembler
a4fb0134 2095@command{@value{AS}} may write warnings and error messages to the standard error
252b5132 2096file (usually your terminal). This should not happen when a compiler
a4fb0134
SC
2097runs @command{@value{AS}} automatically. Warnings report an assumption made so
2098that @command{@value{AS}} could keep assembling a flawed program; errors report a
252b5132
RH
2099grave problem that stops the assembly.
2100
0285c67d
NC
2101@c man end
2102
252b5132
RH
2103@cindex format of warning messages
2104Warning messages have the format
2105
2106@smallexample
2107file_name:@b{NNN}:Warning Message Text
2108@end smallexample
2109
2110@noindent
72e0b254
NC
2111@cindex file names and line numbers, in warnings/errors
2112(where @b{NNN} is a line number). If both a logical file name
2113(@pxref{File,,@code{.file}}) and a logical line number
252b5132
RH
2114@ifset GENERIC
2115(@pxref{Line,,@code{.line}})
2116@end ifset
72e0b254
NC
2117have been given then they will be used, otherwise the file name and line number
2118in the current assembler source file will be used. The message text is
2119intended to be self explanatory (in the grand Unix tradition).
2120
2121Note the file name must be set via the logical version of the @code{.file}
2122directive, not the DWARF2 version of the @code{.file} directive. For example:
2123
2124@smallexample
2125 .file 2 "bar.c"
2126 error_assembler_source
2127 .file "foo.c"
2128 .line 30
2129 error_c_source
2130@end smallexample
2131
2132produces this output:
2133
2134@smallexample
2135 Assembler messages:
2136 asm.s:2: Error: no such instruction: `error_assembler_source'
2137 foo.c:31: Error: no such instruction: `error_c_source'
2138@end smallexample
252b5132
RH
2139
2140@cindex format of error messages
2141Error messages have the format
72e0b254 2142
252b5132
RH
2143@smallexample
2144file_name:@b{NNN}:FATAL:Error Message Text
2145@end smallexample
72e0b254 2146
252b5132
RH
2147The file name and line number are derived as for warning
2148messages. The actual message text may be rather less explanatory
2149because many of them aren't supposed to happen.
2150
2151@node Invoking
2152@chapter Command-Line Options
2153
2154@cindex options, all versions of assembler
2155This chapter describes command-line options available in @emph{all}
96e9638b
BW
2156versions of the @sc{gnu} assembler; see @ref{Machine Dependencies},
2157for options specific
252b5132 2158@ifclear GENERIC
c1253627 2159to the @value{TARGET} target.
252b5132
RH
2160@end ifclear
2161@ifset GENERIC
2162to particular machine architectures.
2163@end ifset
2164
0285c67d
NC
2165@c man begin DESCRIPTION
2166
c1253627 2167If you are invoking @command{@value{AS}} via the @sc{gnu} C compiler,
252b5132
RH
2168you can use the @samp{-Wa} option to pass arguments through to the assembler.
2169The assembler arguments must be separated from each other (and the @samp{-Wa})
2170by commas. For example:
2171
2172@smallexample
2173gcc -c -g -O -Wa,-alh,-L file.c
2174@end smallexample
2175
2176@noindent
2177This passes two options to the assembler: @samp{-alh} (emit a listing to
5f5e16be 2178standard output with high-level and assembly source) and @samp{-L} (retain
252b5132
RH
2179local symbols in the symbol table).
2180
2181Usually you do not need to use this @samp{-Wa} mechanism, since many compiler
2182command-line options are automatically passed to the assembler by the compiler.
2183(You can call the @sc{gnu} compiler driver with the @samp{-v} option to see
2184precisely what options it passes to each compilation pass, including the
2185assembler.)
2186
0285c67d
NC
2187@c man end
2188
252b5132 2189@menu
83f10cb2 2190* a:: -a[cdghlns] enable listings
caa32fe5 2191* alternate:: --alternate enable alternate macro syntax
252b5132
RH
2192* D:: -D for compatibility
2193* f:: -f to work faster
2194* I:: -I for .include search path
2195@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2196* K:: -K for compatibility
2197@end ifclear
2198@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2199* K:: -K for difference tables
2200@end ifset
2201
ba83aca1 2202* L:: -L to retain local symbols
c3a27914 2203* listing:: --listing-XXX to configure listing output
252b5132
RH
2204* M:: -M or --mri to assemble in MRI compatibility mode
2205* MD:: --MD for dependency tracking
2edb36e7 2206* no-pad-sections:: --no-pad-sections to stop section padding
252b5132
RH
2207* o:: -o to name the object file
2208* R:: -R to join data and text sections
2209* statistics:: --statistics to see statistics about assembly
2210* traditional-format:: --traditional-format for compatible output
2211* v:: -v to announce version
2bdd6cf5 2212* W:: -W, --no-warn, --warn, --fatal-warnings to control warnings
252b5132
RH
2213* Z:: -Z to make object file even after errors
2214@end menu
2215
2216@node a
83f10cb2 2217@section Enable Listings: @option{-a[cdghlns]}
252b5132
RH
2218
2219@kindex -a
2220@kindex -ac
2221@kindex -ad
83f10cb2 2222@kindex -ag
252b5132
RH
2223@kindex -ah
2224@kindex -al
2225@kindex -an
2226@kindex -as
2227@cindex listings, enabling
2228@cindex assembly listings, enabling
2229
2230These options enable listing output from the assembler. By itself,
2231@samp{-a} requests high-level, assembly, and symbols listing.
2232You can use other letters to select specific options for the list:
2233@samp{-ah} requests a high-level language listing,
2234@samp{-al} requests an output-program assembly listing, and
2235@samp{-as} requests a symbol table listing.
2236High-level listings require that a compiler debugging option like
2237@samp{-g} be used, and that assembly listings (@samp{-al}) be requested
2238also.
2239
83f10cb2
NC
2240Use the @samp{-ag} option to print a first section with general assembly
2241information, like @value{AS} version, switches passed, or time stamp.
2242
252b5132
RH
2243Use the @samp{-ac} option to omit false conditionals from a listing. Any lines
2244which are not assembled because of a false @code{.if} (or @code{.ifdef}, or any
2245other conditional), or a true @code{.if} followed by an @code{.else}, will be
2246omitted from the listing.
2247
2248Use the @samp{-ad} option to omit debugging directives from the
2249listing.
2250
2251Once you have specified one of these options, you can further control
2252listing output and its appearance using the directives @code{.list},
2253@code{.nolist}, @code{.psize}, @code{.eject}, @code{.title}, and
2254@code{.sbttl}.
2255The @samp{-an} option turns off all forms processing.
2256If you do not request listing output with one of the @samp{-a} options, the
2257listing-control directives have no effect.
2258
2259The letters after @samp{-a} may be combined into one option,
2260@emph{e.g.}, @samp{-aln}.
2261
96e9638b
BW
2262Note if the assembler source is coming from the standard input (e.g.,
2263because it
c3a27914
NC
2264is being created by @code{@value{GCC}} and the @samp{-pipe} command line switch
2265is being used) then the listing will not contain any comments or preprocessor
2266directives. This is because the listing code buffers input source lines from
2267stdin only after they have been preprocessed by the assembler. This reduces
2268memory usage and makes the code more efficient.
2269
caa32fe5
NC
2270@node alternate
2271@section @option{--alternate}
2272
2273@kindex --alternate
2274Begin in alternate macro mode, see @ref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
2275
252b5132 2276@node D
a4fb0134 2277@section @option{-D}
252b5132
RH
2278
2279@kindex -D
2280This option has no effect whatsoever, but it is accepted to make it more
2281likely that scripts written for other assemblers also work with
a4fb0134 2282@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2283
2284@node f
a4fb0134 2285@section Work Faster: @option{-f}
252b5132
RH
2286
2287@kindex -f
2288@cindex trusted compiler
a4fb0134 2289@cindex faster processing (@option{-f})
252b5132
RH
2290@samp{-f} should only be used when assembling programs written by a
2291(trusted) compiler. @samp{-f} stops the assembler from doing whitespace
2292and comment preprocessing on
2293the input file(s) before assembling them. @xref{Preprocessing,
2294,Preprocessing}.
2295
2296@quotation
2297@emph{Warning:} if you use @samp{-f} when the files actually need to be
a4fb0134 2298preprocessed (if they contain comments, for example), @command{@value{AS}} does
252b5132
RH
2299not work correctly.
2300@end quotation
2301
2302@node I
c1253627 2303@section @code{.include} Search Path: @option{-I} @var{path}
252b5132
RH
2304
2305@kindex -I @var{path}
2306@cindex paths for @code{.include}
2307@cindex search path for @code{.include}
2308@cindex @code{include} directive search path
2309Use this option to add a @var{path} to the list of directories
a4fb0134
SC
2310@command{@value{AS}} searches for files specified in @code{.include}
2311directives (@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You may use @option{-I} as
252b5132 2312many times as necessary to include a variety of paths. The current
a4fb0134 2313working directory is always searched first; after that, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
2314searches any @samp{-I} directories in the same order as they were
2315specified (left to right) on the command line.
2316
2317@node K
a4fb0134 2318@section Difference Tables: @option{-K}
252b5132
RH
2319
2320@kindex -K
2321@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2322On the @value{TARGET} family, this option is allowed, but has no effect. It is
2323permitted for compatibility with the @sc{gnu} assembler on other platforms,
2324where it can be used to warn when the assembler alters the machine code
2325generated for @samp{.word} directives in difference tables. The @value{TARGET}
2326family does not have the addressing limitations that sometimes lead to this
2327alteration on other platforms.
2328@end ifclear
2329
2330@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2331@cindex difference tables, warning
2332@cindex warning for altered difference tables
96e9638b
BW
2333@command{@value{AS}} sometimes alters the code emitted for directives of the
2334form @samp{.word @var{sym1}-@var{sym2}}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
252b5132
RH
2335You can use the @samp{-K} option if you want a warning issued when this
2336is done.
2337@end ifset
2338
2339@node L
ba83aca1 2340@section Include Local Symbols: @option{-L}
252b5132
RH
2341
2342@kindex -L
ba83aca1
BW
2343@cindex local symbols, retaining in output
2344Symbols beginning with system-specific local label prefixes, typically
2345@samp{.L} for ELF systems or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, are
2346called @dfn{local symbols}. @xref{Symbol Names}. Normally you do not see
2347such symbols when debugging, because they are intended for the use of
2348programs (like compilers) that compose assembler programs, not for your
2349notice. Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} discard
2350such symbols, so you do not normally debug with them.
2351
2352This option tells @command{@value{AS}} to retain those local symbols
252b5132 2353in the object file. Usually if you do this you also tell the linker
ba83aca1 2354@code{@value{LD}} to preserve those symbols.
252b5132 2355
c3a27914 2356@node listing
a4fb0134 2357@section Configuring listing output: @option{--listing}
c3a27914
NC
2358
2359The listing feature of the assembler can be enabled via the command line switch
2360@samp{-a} (@pxref{a}). This feature combines the input source file(s) with a
2361hex dump of the corresponding locations in the output object file, and displays
96e9638b
BW
2362them as a listing file. The format of this listing can be controlled by
2363directives inside the assembler source (i.e., @code{.list} (@pxref{List}),
2364@code{.title} (@pxref{Title}), @code{.sbttl} (@pxref{Sbttl}),
2365@code{.psize} (@pxref{Psize}), and
2366@code{.eject} (@pxref{Eject}) and also by the following switches:
c3a27914 2367
a4fb0134 2368@table @gcctabopt
c3a27914
NC
2369@item --listing-lhs-width=@samp{number}
2370@kindex --listing-lhs-width
2371@cindex Width of first line disassembly output
2372Sets the maximum width, in words, of the first line of the hex byte dump. This
2373dump appears on the left hand side of the listing output.
2374
2375@item --listing-lhs-width2=@samp{number}
2376@kindex --listing-lhs-width2
2377@cindex Width of continuation lines of disassembly output
2378Sets the maximum width, in words, of any further lines of the hex byte dump for
8dfa0188 2379a given input source line. If this value is not specified, it defaults to being
c3a27914
NC
2380the same as the value specified for @samp{--listing-lhs-width}. If neither
2381switch is used the default is to one.
2382
2383@item --listing-rhs-width=@samp{number}
2384@kindex --listing-rhs-width
2385@cindex Width of source line output
2386Sets the maximum width, in characters, of the source line that is displayed
2387alongside the hex dump. The default value for this parameter is 100. The
2388source line is displayed on the right hand side of the listing output.
2389
2390@item --listing-cont-lines=@samp{number}
2391@kindex --listing-cont-lines
2392@cindex Maximum number of continuation lines
2393Sets the maximum number of continuation lines of hex dump that will be
2394displayed for a given single line of source input. The default value is 4.
2395@end table
2396
252b5132 2397@node M
a4fb0134 2398@section Assemble in MRI Compatibility Mode: @option{-M}
252b5132
RH
2399
2400@kindex -M
2401@cindex MRI compatibility mode
a4fb0134
SC
2402The @option{-M} or @option{--mri} option selects MRI compatibility mode. This
2403changes the syntax and pseudo-op handling of @command{@value{AS}} to make it
252b5132
RH
2404compatible with the @code{ASM68K} or the @code{ASM960} (depending upon the
2405configured target) assembler from Microtec Research. The exact nature of the
2406MRI syntax will not be documented here; see the MRI manuals for more
2407information. Note in particular that the handling of macros and macro
2408arguments is somewhat different. The purpose of this option is to permit
a4fb0134 2409assembling existing MRI assembler code using @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2410
2411The MRI compatibility is not complete. Certain operations of the MRI assembler
2412depend upon its object file format, and can not be supported using other object
2413file formats. Supporting these would require enhancing each object file format
2414individually. These are:
2415
2416@itemize @bullet
2417@item global symbols in common section
2418
2419The m68k MRI assembler supports common sections which are merged by the linker.
a4fb0134 2420Other object file formats do not support this. @command{@value{AS}} handles
252b5132
RH
2421common sections by treating them as a single common symbol. It permits local
2422symbols to be defined within a common section, but it can not support global
2423symbols, since it has no way to describe them.
2424
2425@item complex relocations
2426
2427The MRI assemblers support relocations against a negated section address, and
2428relocations which combine the start addresses of two or more sections. These
2429are not support by other object file formats.
2430
2431@item @code{END} pseudo-op specifying start address
2432
2433The MRI @code{END} pseudo-op permits the specification of a start address.
2434This is not supported by other object file formats. The start address may
a4fb0134 2435instead be specified using the @option{-e} option to the linker, or in a linker
252b5132
RH
2436script.
2437
2438@item @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops
2439
2440The MRI @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops assign a module
2441name to the output file. This is not supported by other object file formats.
2442
2443@item @code{ORG} pseudo-op
2444
2445The m68k MRI @code{ORG} pseudo-op begins an absolute section at a given
a4fb0134 2446address. This differs from the usual @command{@value{AS}} @code{.org} pseudo-op,
252b5132
RH
2447which changes the location within the current section. Absolute sections are
2448not supported by other object file formats. The address of a section may be
2449assigned within a linker script.
2450@end itemize
2451
2452There are some other features of the MRI assembler which are not supported by
a4fb0134 2453@command{@value{AS}}, typically either because they are difficult or because they
252b5132
RH
2454seem of little consequence. Some of these may be supported in future releases.
2455
2456@itemize @bullet
2457
2458@item EBCDIC strings
2459
2460EBCDIC strings are not supported.
2461
2462@item packed binary coded decimal
2463
2464Packed binary coded decimal is not supported. This means that the @code{DC.P}
2465and @code{DCB.P} pseudo-ops are not supported.
2466
2467@item @code{FEQU} pseudo-op
2468
2469The m68k @code{FEQU} pseudo-op is not supported.
2470
2471@item @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op
2472
2473The m68k @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op is not supported.
2474
2475@item @code{OPT} branch control options
2476
2477The m68k @code{OPT} branch control options---@code{B}, @code{BRS}, @code{BRB},
a4fb0134 2478@code{BRL}, and @code{BRW}---are ignored. @command{@value{AS}} automatically
252b5132
RH
2479relaxes all branches, whether forward or backward, to an appropriate size, so
2480these options serve no purpose.
2481
2482@item @code{OPT} list control options
2483
2484The following m68k @code{OPT} list control options are ignored: @code{C},
2485@code{CEX}, @code{CL}, @code{CRE}, @code{E}, @code{G}, @code{I}, @code{M},
2486@code{MEX}, @code{MC}, @code{MD}, @code{X}.
2487
2488@item other @code{OPT} options
2489
2490The following m68k @code{OPT} options are ignored: @code{NEST}, @code{O},
2491@code{OLD}, @code{OP}, @code{P}, @code{PCO}, @code{PCR}, @code{PCS}, @code{R}.
2492
2493@item @code{OPT} @code{D} option is default
2494
2495The m68k @code{OPT} @code{D} option is the default, unlike the MRI assembler.
2496@code{OPT NOD} may be used to turn it off.
2497
2498@item @code{XREF} pseudo-op.
2499
2500The m68k @code{XREF} pseudo-op is ignored.
2501
2502@item @code{.debug} pseudo-op
2503
2504The i960 @code{.debug} pseudo-op is not supported.
2505
2506@item @code{.extended} pseudo-op
2507
2508The i960 @code{.extended} pseudo-op is not supported.
2509
2510@item @code{.list} pseudo-op.
2511
2512The various options of the i960 @code{.list} pseudo-op are not supported.
2513
2514@item @code{.optimize} pseudo-op
2515
2516The i960 @code{.optimize} pseudo-op is not supported.
2517
2518@item @code{.output} pseudo-op
2519
2520The i960 @code{.output} pseudo-op is not supported.
2521
2522@item @code{.setreal} pseudo-op
2523
2524The i960 @code{.setreal} pseudo-op is not supported.
2525
2526@end itemize
2527
2528@node MD
c1253627 2529@section Dependency Tracking: @option{--MD}
252b5132
RH
2530
2531@kindex --MD
2532@cindex dependency tracking
2533@cindex make rules
2534
a4fb0134 2535@command{@value{AS}} can generate a dependency file for the file it creates. This
252b5132
RH
2536file consists of a single rule suitable for @code{make} describing the
2537dependencies of the main source file.
2538
2539The rule is written to the file named in its argument.
2540
2541This feature is used in the automatic updating of makefiles.
2542
2edb36e7
NC
2543@node no-pad-sections
2544@section Output Section Padding
2545@kindex --no-pad-sections
2546@cindex output section padding
2547Normally the assembler will pad the end of each output section up to its
2548alignment boundary. But this can waste space, which can be significant on
2549memory constrained targets. So the @option{--no-pad-sections} option will
2550disable this behaviour.
2551
252b5132 2552@node o
a4fb0134 2553@section Name the Object File: @option{-o}
252b5132
RH
2554
2555@kindex -o
2556@cindex naming object file
2557@cindex object file name
a4fb0134 2558There is always one object file output when you run @command{@value{AS}}. By
252b5132
RH
2559default it has the name
2560@ifset GENERIC
2561@ifset I960
2562@file{a.out} (or @file{b.out}, for Intel 960 targets only).
2563@end ifset
2564@ifclear I960
2565@file{a.out}.
2566@end ifclear
2567@end ifset
2568@ifclear GENERIC
2569@ifset I960
2570@file{b.out}.
2571@end ifset
2572@ifclear I960
2573@file{a.out}.
2574@end ifclear
2575@end ifclear
2576You use this option (which takes exactly one filename) to give the
2577object file a different name.
2578
a4fb0134 2579Whatever the object file is called, @command{@value{AS}} overwrites any
252b5132
RH
2580existing file of the same name.
2581
2582@node R
a4fb0134 2583@section Join Data and Text Sections: @option{-R}
252b5132
RH
2584
2585@kindex -R
2586@cindex data and text sections, joining
2587@cindex text and data sections, joining
2588@cindex joining text and data sections
2589@cindex merging text and data sections
a4fb0134 2590@option{-R} tells @command{@value{AS}} to write the object file as if all
252b5132
RH
2591data-section data lives in the text section. This is only done at
2592the very last moment: your binary data are the same, but data
2593section parts are relocated differently. The data section part of
2594your object file is zero bytes long because all its bytes are
2595appended to the text section. (@xref{Sections,,Sections and Relocation}.)
2596
a4fb0134 2597When you specify @option{-R} it would be possible to generate shorter
252b5132
RH
2598address displacements (because we do not have to cross between text and
2599data section). We refrain from doing this simply for compatibility with
a4fb0134 2600older versions of @command{@value{AS}}. In future, @option{-R} may work this way.
252b5132 2601
c1253627
NC
2602@ifset COFF-ELF
2603When @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF or ELF output,
252b5132
RH
2604this option is only useful if you use sections named @samp{.text} and
2605@samp{.data}.
2606@end ifset
2607
2608@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134
SC
2609@option{-R} is not supported for any of the HPPA targets. Using
2610@option{-R} generates a warning from @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2611@end ifset
2612
2613@node statistics
a4fb0134 2614@section Display Assembly Statistics: @option{--statistics}
252b5132
RH
2615
2616@kindex --statistics
2617@cindex statistics, about assembly
2618@cindex time, total for assembly
2619@cindex space used, maximum for assembly
2620Use @samp{--statistics} to display two statistics about the resources used by
a4fb0134 2621@command{@value{AS}}: the maximum amount of space allocated during the assembly
252b5132
RH
2622(in bytes), and the total execution time taken for the assembly (in @sc{cpu}
2623seconds).
2624
2625@node traditional-format
c1253627 2626@section Compatible Output: @option{--traditional-format}
252b5132
RH
2627
2628@kindex --traditional-format
a4fb0134 2629For some targets, the output of @command{@value{AS}} is different in some ways
252b5132 2630from the output of some existing assembler. This switch requests
a4fb0134 2631@command{@value{AS}} to use the traditional format instead.
252b5132
RH
2632
2633For example, it disables the exception frame optimizations which
a4fb0134 2634@command{@value{AS}} normally does by default on @code{@value{GCC}} output.
252b5132
RH
2635
2636@node v
a4fb0134 2637@section Announce Version: @option{-v}
252b5132
RH
2638
2639@kindex -v
2640@kindex -version
2641@cindex assembler version
2642@cindex version of assembler
2643You can find out what version of as is running by including the
2644option @samp{-v} (which you can also spell as @samp{-version}) on the
2645command line.
2646
2647@node W
a4fb0134 2648@section Control Warnings: @option{-W}, @option{--warn}, @option{--no-warn}, @option{--fatal-warnings}
252b5132 2649
a4fb0134 2650@command{@value{AS}} should never give a warning or error message when
252b5132 2651assembling compiler output. But programs written by people often
a4fb0134 2652cause @command{@value{AS}} to give a warning that a particular assumption was
252b5132 2653made. All such warnings are directed to the standard error file.
2bdd6cf5 2654
c1253627
NC
2655@kindex -W
2656@kindex --no-warn
2bdd6cf5
GK
2657@cindex suppressing warnings
2658@cindex warnings, suppressing
a4fb0134 2659If you use the @option{-W} and @option{--no-warn} options, no warnings are issued.
2bdd6cf5 2660This only affects the warning messages: it does not change any particular of
a4fb0134 2661how @command{@value{AS}} assembles your file. Errors, which stop the assembly,
2bdd6cf5
GK
2662are still reported.
2663
c1253627 2664@kindex --fatal-warnings
2bdd6cf5
GK
2665@cindex errors, caused by warnings
2666@cindex warnings, causing error
a4fb0134 2667If you use the @option{--fatal-warnings} option, @command{@value{AS}} considers
2bdd6cf5
GK
2668files that generate warnings to be in error.
2669
c1253627 2670@kindex --warn
2bdd6cf5 2671@cindex warnings, switching on
a4fb0134 2672You can switch these options off again by specifying @option{--warn}, which
2bdd6cf5 2673causes warnings to be output as usual.
252b5132
RH
2674
2675@node Z
a4fb0134 2676@section Generate Object File in Spite of Errors: @option{-Z}
252b5132
RH
2677@cindex object file, after errors
2678@cindex errors, continuing after
a4fb0134 2679After an error message, @command{@value{AS}} normally produces no output. If for
252b5132 2680some reason you are interested in object file output even after
a4fb0134
SC
2681@command{@value{AS}} gives an error message on your program, use the @samp{-Z}
2682option. If there are any errors, @command{@value{AS}} continues anyways, and
252b5132
RH
2683writes an object file after a final warning message of the form @samp{@var{n}
2684errors, @var{m} warnings, generating bad object file.}
2685
2686@node Syntax
2687@chapter Syntax
2688
2689@cindex machine-independent syntax
2690@cindex syntax, machine-independent
2691This chapter describes the machine-independent syntax allowed in a
a4fb0134 2692source file. @command{@value{AS}} syntax is similar to what many other
252b5132
RH
2693assemblers use; it is inspired by the BSD 4.2
2694@ifclear VAX
2695assembler.
2696@end ifclear
2697@ifset VAX
a4fb0134 2698assembler, except that @command{@value{AS}} does not assemble Vax bit-fields.
252b5132
RH
2699@end ifset
2700
2701@menu
7c31ae13 2702* Preprocessing:: Preprocessing
252b5132
RH
2703* Whitespace:: Whitespace
2704* Comments:: Comments
2705* Symbol Intro:: Symbols
2706* Statements:: Statements
2707* Constants:: Constants
2708@end menu
2709
2710@node Preprocessing
2711@section Preprocessing
2712
2713@cindex preprocessing
a4fb0134 2714The @command{@value{AS}} internal preprocessor:
252b5132
RH
2715@itemize @bullet
2716@cindex whitespace, removed by preprocessor
2717@item
2718adjusts and removes extra whitespace. It leaves one space or tab before
2719the keywords on a line, and turns any other whitespace on the line into
2720a single space.
2721
2722@cindex comments, removed by preprocessor
2723@item
2724removes all comments, replacing them with a single space, or an
2725appropriate number of newlines.
2726
2727@cindex constants, converted by preprocessor
2728@item
2729converts character constants into the appropriate numeric values.
2730@end itemize
2731
2732It does not do macro processing, include file handling, or
2733anything else you may get from your C compiler's preprocessor. You can
2734do include file processing with the @code{.include} directive
2735(@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You can use the @sc{gnu} C compiler driver
c1253627 2736to get other ``CPP'' style preprocessing by giving the input file a
96e9638b 2737@samp{.S} suffix. @xref{Overall Options, ,Options Controlling the Kind of
2edb36e7 2738Output, gcc info, Using GNU CC}.
252b5132
RH
2739
2740Excess whitespace, comments, and character constants
2741cannot be used in the portions of the input text that are not
2742preprocessed.
2743
2744@cindex turning preprocessing on and off
2745@cindex preprocessing, turning on and off
2746@kindex #NO_APP
2747@kindex #APP
2748If the first line of an input file is @code{#NO_APP} or if you use the
2749@samp{-f} option, whitespace and comments are not removed from the input file.
2750Within an input file, you can ask for whitespace and comment removal in
2751specific portions of the by putting a line that says @code{#APP} before the
2752text that may contain whitespace or comments, and putting a line that says
2753@code{#NO_APP} after this text. This feature is mainly intend to support
2754@code{asm} statements in compilers whose output is otherwise free of comments
2755and whitespace.
2756
2757@node Whitespace
2758@section Whitespace
2759
2760@cindex whitespace
2761@dfn{Whitespace} is one or more blanks or tabs, in any order.
2762Whitespace is used to separate symbols, and to make programs neater for
2763people to read. Unless within character constants
2764(@pxref{Characters,,Character Constants}), any whitespace means the same
2765as exactly one space.
2766
2767@node Comments
2768@section Comments
2769
2770@cindex comments
a4fb0134 2771There are two ways of rendering comments to @command{@value{AS}}. In both
252b5132
RH
2772cases the comment is equivalent to one space.
2773
2774Anything from @samp{/*} through the next @samp{*/} is a comment.
2775This means you may not nest these comments.
2776
2777@smallexample
2778/*
2779 The only way to include a newline ('\n') in a comment
2780 is to use this sort of comment.
2781*/
2782
2783/* This sort of comment does not nest. */
2784@end smallexample
2785
2786@cindex line comment character
7c31ae13
NC
2787Anything from a @dfn{line comment} character up to the next newline is
2788considered a comment and is ignored. The line comment character is target
2789specific, and some targets multiple comment characters. Some targets also have
2790line comment characters that only work if they are the first character on a
2791line. Some targets use a sequence of two characters to introduce a line
2792comment. Some targets can also change their line comment characters depending
2793upon command line options that have been used. For more details see the
2794@emph{Syntax} section in the documentation for individual targets.
2795
2796If the line comment character is the hash sign (@samp{#}) then it still has the
2797special ability to enable and disable preprocessing (@pxref{Preprocessing}) and
2798to specify logical line numbers:
252b5132
RH
2799
2800@kindex #
2801@cindex lines starting with @code{#}
2802@cindex logical line numbers
2803To be compatible with past assemblers, lines that begin with @samp{#} have a
2804special interpretation. Following the @samp{#} should be an absolute
2805expression (@pxref{Expressions}): the logical line number of the @emph{next}
96e9638b 2806line. Then a string (@pxref{Strings, ,Strings}) is allowed: if present it is a
252b5132
RH
2807new logical file name. The rest of the line, if any, should be whitespace.
2808
2809If the first non-whitespace characters on the line are not numeric,
2810the line is ignored. (Just like a comment.)
2811
2812@smallexample
2813 # This is an ordinary comment.
2814# 42-6 "new_file_name" # New logical file name
2815 # This is logical line # 36.
2816@end smallexample
2817This feature is deprecated, and may disappear from future versions
a4fb0134 2818of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2819
2820@node Symbol Intro
2821@section Symbols
2822
2823@cindex characters used in symbols
2824@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
2825A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2826letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2827@samp{_.$}.
2828@end ifclear
2829@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
2830@ifclear GENERIC
2831@ifset H8
2832A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2833letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2834@samp{._$}. (Save that, on the H8/300 only, you may not use @samp{$} in
2835symbol names.)
2836@end ifset
2837@end ifclear
2838@end ifset
2839@ifset GENERIC
2840On most machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions
2841are noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}.
2842@end ifset
2843No symbol may begin with a digit. Case is significant.
d02603dc 2844There is no length limit; all characters are significant. Multibyte characters
7bfd842d
NC
2845are supported. Symbols are delimited by characters not in that set, or by the
2846beginning of a file (since the source program must end with a newline, the end
2847of a file is not a possible symbol delimiter). @xref{Symbols}.
d02603dc
NC
2848
2849Symbol names may also be enclosed in double quote @code{"} characters. In such
2850cases any characters are allowed, except for the NUL character. If a double
2851quote character is to be included in the symbol name it must be preceeded by a
2852backslash @code{\} character.
252b5132
RH
2853@cindex length of symbols
2854
2855@node Statements
2856@section Statements
2857
2858@cindex statements, structure of
2859@cindex line separator character
2860@cindex statement separator character
7c31ae13
NC
2861
2862A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}) or a
2863@dfn{line separator character}. The line separator character is target
2864specific and described in the @emph{Syntax} section of each
2865target's documentation. Not all targets support a line separator character.
2866The newline or line separator character is considered to be part of the
2867preceding statement. Newlines and separators within character constants are an
252b5132 2868exception: they do not end statements.
252b5132
RH
2869
2870@cindex newline, required at file end
2871@cindex EOF, newline must precede
2872It is an error to end any statement with end-of-file: the last
2873character of any input file should be a newline.@refill
2874
2875An empty statement is allowed, and may include whitespace. It is ignored.
2876
2877@cindex instructions and directives
2878@cindex directives and instructions
2879@c "key symbol" is not used elsewhere in the document; seems pedantic to
2880@c @defn{} it in that case, as was done previously... doc@cygnus.com,
2881@c 13feb91.
2882A statement begins with zero or more labels, optionally followed by a
2883key symbol which determines what kind of statement it is. The key
2884symbol determines the syntax of the rest of the statement. If the
2885symbol begins with a dot @samp{.} then the statement is an assembler
2886directive: typically valid for any computer. If the symbol begins with
2887a letter the statement is an assembly language @dfn{instruction}: it
2888assembles into a machine language instruction.
2889@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 2890Different versions of @command{@value{AS}} for different computers
252b5132
RH
2891recognize different instructions. In fact, the same symbol may
2892represent a different instruction in a different computer's assembly
2893language.@refill
2894@end ifset
2895
2896@cindex @code{:} (label)
2897@cindex label (@code{:})
2898A label is a symbol immediately followed by a colon (@code{:}).
2899Whitespace before a label or after a colon is permitted, but you may not
2900have whitespace between a label's symbol and its colon. @xref{Labels}.
2901
2902@ifset HPPA
01642c12 2903For HPPA targets, labels need not be immediately followed by a colon, but
252b5132
RH
2904the definition of a label must begin in column zero. This also implies that
2905only one label may be defined on each line.
2906@end ifset
2907
2908@smallexample
2909label: .directive followed by something
2910another_label: # This is an empty statement.
2911 instruction operand_1, operand_2, @dots{}
2912@end smallexample
2913
2914@node Constants
2915@section Constants
2916
2917@cindex constants
2918A constant is a number, written so that its value is known by
2919inspection, without knowing any context. Like this:
2920@smallexample
2921@group
2922.byte 74, 0112, 092, 0x4A, 0X4a, 'J, '\J # All the same value.
2923.ascii "Ring the bell\7" # A string constant.
2924.octa 0x123456789abcdef0123456789ABCDEF0 # A bignum.
2925.float 0f-314159265358979323846264338327\
292695028841971.693993751E-40 # - pi, a flonum.
2927@end group
2928@end smallexample
2929
2930@menu
2931* Characters:: Character Constants
2932* Numbers:: Number Constants
2933@end menu
2934
2935@node Characters
2936@subsection Character Constants
2937
2938@cindex character constants
2939@cindex constants, character
2940There are two kinds of character constants. A @dfn{character} stands
2941for one character in one byte and its value may be used in
2942numeric expressions. String constants (properly called string
2943@emph{literals}) are potentially many bytes and their values may not be
2944used in arithmetic expressions.
2945
2946@menu
2947* Strings:: Strings
2948* Chars:: Characters
2949@end menu
2950
2951@node Strings
2952@subsubsection Strings
2953
2954@cindex string constants
2955@cindex constants, string
2956A @dfn{string} is written between double-quotes. It may contain
2957double-quotes or null characters. The way to get special characters
2958into a string is to @dfn{escape} these characters: precede them with
2959a backslash @samp{\} character. For example @samp{\\} represents
2960one backslash: the first @code{\} is an escape which tells
a4fb0134
SC
2961@command{@value{AS}} to interpret the second character literally as a backslash
2962(which prevents @command{@value{AS}} from recognizing the second @code{\} as an
252b5132
RH
2963escape character). The complete list of escapes follows.
2964
2965@cindex escape codes, character
2966@cindex character escape codes
361fa3a4
NC
2967@c NOTE: Cindex entries must not start with a backlash character.
2968@c NOTE: This confuses the pdf2texi script when it is creating the
2969@c NOTE: index based upon the first character and so it generates:
2970@c NOTE: \initial {\\}
2971@c NOTE: which then results in the error message:
2972@c NOTE: Argument of \\ has an extra }.
2973@c NOTE: So in the index entries below a space character has been
2974@c NOTE: prepended to avoid this problem.
252b5132
RH
2975@table @kbd
2976@c @item \a
2977@c Mnemonic for ACKnowledge; for ASCII this is octal code 007.
2978@c
361fa3a4 2979@cindex @code{ \b} (backspace character)
252b5132
RH
2980@cindex backspace (@code{\b})
2981@item \b
2982Mnemonic for backspace; for ASCII this is octal code 010.
2983
2984@c @item \e
2985@c Mnemonic for EOText; for ASCII this is octal code 004.
2986@c
361fa3a4 2987@cindex @code{ \f} (formfeed character)
252b5132 2988@cindex formfeed (@code{\f})
361fa3a4 2989@item backslash-f
252b5132
RH
2990Mnemonic for FormFeed; for ASCII this is octal code 014.
2991
361fa3a4 2992@cindex @code{ \n} (newline character)
252b5132
RH
2993@cindex newline (@code{\n})
2994@item \n
2995Mnemonic for newline; for ASCII this is octal code 012.
2996
2997@c @item \p
2998@c Mnemonic for prefix; for ASCII this is octal code 033, usually known as @code{escape}.
2999@c
361fa3a4
NC
3000@cindex @code{ \r} (carriage return character)
3001@cindex carriage return (@code{backslash-r})
252b5132
RH
3002@item \r
3003Mnemonic for carriage-Return; for ASCII this is octal code 015.
3004
3005@c @item \s
3006@c Mnemonic for space; for ASCII this is octal code 040. Included for compliance with
3007@c other assemblers.
3008@c
361fa3a4 3009@cindex @code{ \t} (tab)
252b5132
RH
3010@cindex tab (@code{\t})
3011@item \t
3012Mnemonic for horizontal Tab; for ASCII this is octal code 011.
3013
3014@c @item \v
3015@c Mnemonic for Vertical tab; for ASCII this is octal code 013.
3016@c @item \x @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
3017@c A hexadecimal character code. The numeric code is 3 hexadecimal digits.
3018@c
361fa3a4 3019@cindex @code{ \@var{ddd}} (octal character code)
252b5132
RH
3020@cindex octal character code (@code{\@var{ddd}})
3021@item \ @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
3022An octal character code. The numeric code is 3 octal digits.
3023For compatibility with other Unix systems, 8 and 9 are accepted as digits:
3024for example, @code{\008} has the value 010, and @code{\009} the value 011.
3025
361fa3a4 3026@cindex @code{ \@var{xd...}} (hex character code)
252b5132
RH
3027@cindex hex character code (@code{\@var{xd...}})
3028@item \@code{x} @var{hex-digits...}
3029A hex character code. All trailing hex digits are combined. Either upper or
3030lower case @code{x} works.
3031
361fa3a4 3032@cindex @code{ \\} (@samp{\} character)
252b5132
RH
3033@cindex backslash (@code{\\})
3034@item \\
3035Represents one @samp{\} character.
3036
3037@c @item \'
3038@c Represents one @samp{'} (accent acute) character.
3039@c This is needed in single character literals
3040@c (@xref{Characters,,Character Constants}.) to represent
3041@c a @samp{'}.
3042@c
361fa3a4 3043@cindex @code{ \"} (doublequote character)
252b5132
RH
3044@cindex doublequote (@code{\"})
3045@item \"
3046Represents one @samp{"} character. Needed in strings to represent
3047this character, because an unescaped @samp{"} would end the string.
3048
3049@item \ @var{anything-else}
3050Any other character when escaped by @kbd{\} gives a warning, but
3051assembles as if the @samp{\} was not present. The idea is that if
3052you used an escape sequence you clearly didn't want the literal
a4fb0134
SC
3053interpretation of the following character. However @command{@value{AS}} has no
3054other interpretation, so @command{@value{AS}} knows it is giving you the wrong
252b5132
RH
3055code and warns you of the fact.
3056@end table
3057
3058Which characters are escapable, and what those escapes represent,
3059varies widely among assemblers. The current set is what we think
3060the BSD 4.2 assembler recognizes, and is a subset of what most C
3061compilers recognize. If you are in doubt, do not use an escape
3062sequence.
3063
3064@node Chars
3065@subsubsection Characters
3066
3067@cindex single character constant
3068@cindex character, single
3069@cindex constant, single character
3070A single character may be written as a single quote immediately
3071followed by that character. The same escapes apply to characters as
3072to strings. So if you want to write the character backslash, you
3073must write @kbd{'\\} where the first @code{\} escapes the second
3074@code{\}. As you can see, the quote is an acute accent, not a
3075grave accent. A newline
3076@ifclear GENERIC
3077@ifclear abnormal-separator
3078(or semicolon @samp{;})
3079@end ifclear
3080@ifset abnormal-separator
252b5132
RH
3081@ifset H8
3082(or dollar sign @samp{$}, for the H8/300; or semicolon @samp{;} for the
7be1c489 3083Renesas SH)
252b5132
RH
3084@end ifset
3085@end ifset
3086@end ifclear
3087immediately following an acute accent is taken as a literal character
3088and does not count as the end of a statement. The value of a character
3089constant in a numeric expression is the machine's byte-wide code for
a4fb0134 3090that character. @command{@value{AS}} assumes your character code is ASCII:
252b5132
RH
3091@kbd{'A} means 65, @kbd{'B} means 66, and so on. @refill
3092
3093@node Numbers
3094@subsection Number Constants
3095
3096@cindex constants, number
3097@cindex number constants
a4fb0134 3098@command{@value{AS}} distinguishes three kinds of numbers according to how they
252b5132
RH
3099are stored in the target machine. @emph{Integers} are numbers that
3100would fit into an @code{int} in the C language. @emph{Bignums} are
3101integers, but they are stored in more than 32 bits. @emph{Flonums}
3102are floating point numbers, described below.
3103
3104@menu
3105* Integers:: Integers
3106* Bignums:: Bignums
3107* Flonums:: Flonums
3108@ifclear GENERIC
3109@ifset I960
3110* Bit Fields:: Bit Fields
3111@end ifset
3112@end ifclear
3113@end menu
3114
3115@node Integers
3116@subsubsection Integers
3117@cindex integers
3118@cindex constants, integer
3119
3120@cindex binary integers
3121@cindex integers, binary
3122A binary integer is @samp{0b} or @samp{0B} followed by zero or more of
3123the binary digits @samp{01}.
3124
3125@cindex octal integers
3126@cindex integers, octal
3127An octal integer is @samp{0} followed by zero or more of the octal
3128digits (@samp{01234567}).
3129
3130@cindex decimal integers
3131@cindex integers, decimal
3132A decimal integer starts with a non-zero digit followed by zero or
3133more digits (@samp{0123456789}).
3134
3135@cindex hexadecimal integers
3136@cindex integers, hexadecimal
3137A hexadecimal integer is @samp{0x} or @samp{0X} followed by one or
3138more hexadecimal digits chosen from @samp{0123456789abcdefABCDEF}.
3139
3140Integers have the usual values. To denote a negative integer, use
3141the prefix operator @samp{-} discussed under expressions
3142(@pxref{Prefix Ops,,Prefix Operators}).
3143
3144@node Bignums
3145@subsubsection Bignums
3146
3147@cindex bignums
3148@cindex constants, bignum
3149A @dfn{bignum} has the same syntax and semantics as an integer
3150except that the number (or its negative) takes more than 32 bits to
3151represent in binary. The distinction is made because in some places
3152integers are permitted while bignums are not.
3153
3154@node Flonums
3155@subsubsection Flonums
3156@cindex flonums
3157@cindex floating point numbers
3158@cindex constants, floating point
3159
3160@cindex precision, floating point
3161A @dfn{flonum} represents a floating point number. The translation is
3162indirect: a decimal floating point number from the text is converted by
a4fb0134 3163@command{@value{AS}} to a generic binary floating point number of more than
252b5132
RH
3164sufficient precision. This generic floating point number is converted
3165to a particular computer's floating point format (or formats) by a
a4fb0134 3166portion of @command{@value{AS}} specialized to that computer.
252b5132
RH
3167
3168A flonum is written by writing (in order)
3169@itemize @bullet
3170@item
3171The digit @samp{0}.
3172@ifset HPPA
3173(@samp{0} is optional on the HPPA.)
3174@end ifset
3175
3176@item
a4fb0134 3177A letter, to tell @command{@value{AS}} the rest of the number is a flonum.
252b5132
RH
3178@ifset GENERIC
3179@kbd{e} is recommended. Case is not important.
3180@ignore
3181@c FIXME: verify if flonum syntax really this vague for most cases
3182(Any otherwise illegal letter works here, but that might be changed. Vax BSD
31834.2 assembler seems to allow any of @samp{defghDEFGH}.)
3184@end ignore
3185
7be1c489 3186On the H8/300, Renesas / SuperH SH,
252b5132
RH
3187and AMD 29K architectures, the letter must be
3188one of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
3189
3190On the ARC, the letter must be one of the letters @samp{DFRS}
3191(in upper or lower case).
3192
3193On the Intel 960 architecture, the letter must be
3194one of the letters @samp{DFT} (in upper or lower case).
3195
3196On the HPPA architecture, the letter must be @samp{E} (upper case only).
3197@end ifset
3198@ifclear GENERIC
252b5132
RH
3199@ifset ARC
3200One of the letters @samp{DFRS} (in upper or lower case).
3201@end ifset
3202@ifset H8
3203One of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
3204@end ifset
3205@ifset HPPA
3206The letter @samp{E} (upper case only).
3207@end ifset
3208@ifset I960
3209One of the letters @samp{DFT} (in upper or lower case).
3210@end ifset
3211@end ifclear
3212
3213@item
3214An optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
3215
3216@item
3217An optional @dfn{integer part}: zero or more decimal digits.
3218
3219@item
3220An optional @dfn{fractional part}: @samp{.} followed by zero
3221or more decimal digits.
3222
3223@item
3224An optional exponent, consisting of:
3225
3226@itemize @bullet
3227@item
3228An @samp{E} or @samp{e}.
3229@c I can't find a config where "EXP_CHARS" is other than 'eE', but in
3230@c principle this can perfectly well be different on different targets.
3231@item
3232Optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
3233@item
3234One or more decimal digits.
3235@end itemize
3236
3237@end itemize
3238
3239At least one of the integer part or the fractional part must be
3240present. The floating point number has the usual base-10 value.
3241
a4fb0134 3242@command{@value{AS}} does all processing using integers. Flonums are computed
252b5132 3243independently of any floating point hardware in the computer running
a4fb0134 3244@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
3245
3246@ifclear GENERIC
3247@ifset I960
3248@c Bit fields are written as a general facility but are also controlled
3249@c by a conditional-compilation flag---which is as of now (21mar91)
3250@c turned on only by the i960 config of GAS.
3251@node Bit Fields
3252@subsubsection Bit Fields
3253
3254@cindex bit fields
3255@cindex constants, bit field
3256You can also define numeric constants as @dfn{bit fields}.
b45619c0 3257Specify two numbers separated by a colon---
252b5132
RH
3258@example
3259@var{mask}:@var{value}
3260@end example
3261@noindent
a4fb0134 3262@command{@value{AS}} applies a bitwise @sc{and} between @var{mask} and
252b5132
RH
3263@var{value}.
3264
3265The resulting number is then packed
3266@ifset GENERIC
3267@c this conditional paren in case bit fields turned on elsewhere than 960
3268(in host-dependent byte order)
3269@end ifset
3270into a field whose width depends on which assembler directive has the
3271bit-field as its argument. Overflow (a result from the bitwise and
3272requiring more binary digits to represent) is not an error; instead,
3273more constants are generated, of the specified width, beginning with the
3274least significant digits.@refill
3275
3276The directives @code{.byte}, @code{.hword}, @code{.int}, @code{.long},
3277@code{.short}, and @code{.word} accept bit-field arguments.
3278@end ifset
3279@end ifclear
3280
3281@node Sections
3282@chapter Sections and Relocation
3283@cindex sections
3284@cindex relocation
3285
3286@menu
3287* Secs Background:: Background
3288* Ld Sections:: Linker Sections
3289* As Sections:: Assembler Internal Sections
3290* Sub-Sections:: Sub-Sections
3291* bss:: bss Section
3292@end menu
3293
3294@node Secs Background
3295@section Background
3296
3297Roughly, a section is a range of addresses, with no gaps; all data
3298``in'' those addresses is treated the same for some particular purpose.
3299For example there may be a ``read only'' section.
3300
3301@cindex linker, and assembler
3302@cindex assembler, and linker
3303The linker @code{@value{LD}} reads many object files (partial programs) and
a4fb0134 3304combines their contents to form a runnable program. When @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
3305emits an object file, the partial program is assumed to start at address 0.
3306@code{@value{LD}} assigns the final addresses for the partial program, so that
3307different partial programs do not overlap. This is actually an
a4fb0134 3308oversimplification, but it suffices to explain how @command{@value{AS}} uses
252b5132
RH
3309sections.
3310
3311@code{@value{LD}} moves blocks of bytes of your program to their run-time
3312addresses. These blocks slide to their run-time addresses as rigid
3313units; their length does not change and neither does the order of bytes
3314within them. Such a rigid unit is called a @emph{section}. Assigning
3315run-time addresses to sections is called @dfn{relocation}. It includes
3316the task of adjusting mentions of object-file addresses so they refer to
3317the proper run-time addresses.
3318@ifset H8
7be1c489 3319For the H8/300, and for the Renesas / SuperH SH,
a4fb0134 3320@command{@value{AS}} pads sections if needed to
252b5132
RH
3321ensure they end on a word (sixteen bit) boundary.
3322@end ifset
3323
3324@cindex standard assembler sections
a4fb0134 3325An object file written by @command{@value{AS}} has at least three sections, any
252b5132
RH
3326of which may be empty. These are named @dfn{text}, @dfn{data} and
3327@dfn{bss} sections.
3328
c1253627 3329@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 3330@ifset GENERIC
c1253627 3331When it generates COFF or ELF output,
252b5132 3332@end ifset
a4fb0134 3333@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you specify
252b5132
RH
3334using the @samp{.section} directive (@pxref{Section,,@code{.section}}).
3335If you do not use any directives that place output in the @samp{.text}
3336or @samp{.data} sections, these sections still exist, but are empty.
3337@end ifset
3338
3339@ifset HPPA
3340@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 3341When @command{@value{AS}} generates SOM or ELF output for the HPPA,
252b5132 3342@end ifset
a4fb0134 3343@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you
252b5132
RH
3344specify using the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace} directives. See
3345@cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly Language Reference Manual}
3346(HP 92432-90001) for details on the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace}
3347assembler directives.
3348
3349@ifset SOM
a4fb0134 3350Additionally, @command{@value{AS}} uses different names for the standard
252b5132
RH
3351text, data, and bss sections when generating SOM output. Program text
3352is placed into the @samp{$CODE$} section, data into @samp{$DATA$}, and
3353BSS into @samp{$BSS$}.
3354@end ifset
3355@end ifset
3356
3357Within the object file, the text section starts at address @code{0}, the
3358data section follows, and the bss section follows the data section.
3359
3360@ifset HPPA
3361When generating either SOM or ELF output files on the HPPA, the text
3362section starts at address @code{0}, the data section at address
3363@code{0x4000000}, and the bss section follows the data section.
3364@end ifset
3365
3366To let @code{@value{LD}} know which data changes when the sections are
a4fb0134 3367relocated, and how to change that data, @command{@value{AS}} also writes to the
252b5132
RH
3368object file details of the relocation needed. To perform relocation
3369@code{@value{LD}} must know, each time an address in the object
3370file is mentioned:
3371@itemize @bullet
3372@item
3373Where in the object file is the beginning of this reference to
3374an address?
3375@item
3376How long (in bytes) is this reference?
3377@item
3378Which section does the address refer to? What is the numeric value of
3379@display
3380(@var{address}) @minus{} (@var{start-address of section})?
3381@end display
3382@item
3383Is the reference to an address ``Program-Counter relative''?
3384@end itemize
3385
3386@cindex addresses, format of
3387@cindex section-relative addressing
a4fb0134 3388In fact, every address @command{@value{AS}} ever uses is expressed as
252b5132
RH
3389@display
3390(@var{section}) + (@var{offset into section})
3391@end display
3392@noindent
a4fb0134 3393Further, most expressions @command{@value{AS}} computes have this section-relative
252b5132
RH
3394nature.
3395@ifset SOM
3396(For some object formats, such as SOM for the HPPA, some expressions are
3397symbol-relative instead.)
3398@end ifset
3399
3400In this manual we use the notation @{@var{secname} @var{N}@} to mean ``offset
3401@var{N} into section @var{secname}.''
3402
3403Apart from text, data and bss sections you need to know about the
3404@dfn{absolute} section. When @code{@value{LD}} mixes partial programs,
3405addresses in the absolute section remain unchanged. For example, address
3406@code{@{absolute 0@}} is ``relocated'' to run-time address 0 by
3407@code{@value{LD}}. Although the linker never arranges two partial programs'
3408data sections with overlapping addresses after linking, @emph{by definition}
3409their absolute sections must overlap. Address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in one
3410part of a program is always the same address when the program is running as
3411address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in any other part of the program.
3412
3413The idea of sections is extended to the @dfn{undefined} section. Any
3414address whose section is unknown at assembly time is by definition
3415rendered @{undefined @var{U}@}---where @var{U} is filled in later.
3416Since numbers are always defined, the only way to generate an undefined
3417address is to mention an undefined symbol. A reference to a named
3418common block would be such a symbol: its value is unknown at assembly
3419time so it has section @emph{undefined}.
3420
3421By analogy the word @emph{section} is used to describe groups of sections in
3422the linked program. @code{@value{LD}} puts all partial programs' text
3423sections in contiguous addresses in the linked program. It is
3424customary to refer to the @emph{text section} of a program, meaning all
3425the addresses of all partial programs' text sections. Likewise for
3426data and bss sections.
3427
3428Some sections are manipulated by @code{@value{LD}}; others are invented for
a4fb0134 3429use of @command{@value{AS}} and have no meaning except during assembly.
252b5132
RH
3430
3431@node Ld Sections
3432@section Linker Sections
3433@code{@value{LD}} deals with just four kinds of sections, summarized below.
3434
3435@table @strong
3436
c1253627 3437@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3438@cindex named sections
3439@cindex sections, named
3440@item named sections
3441@end ifset
3442@ifset aout-bout
3443@cindex text section
3444@cindex data section
3445@itemx text section
3446@itemx data section
3447@end ifset
a4fb0134 3448These sections hold your program. @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} treat them as
252b5132 3449separate but equal sections. Anything you can say of one section is
c1253627
NC
3450true of another.
3451@c @ifset aout-bout
252b5132
RH
3452When the program is running, however, it is
3453customary for the text section to be unalterable. The
3454text section is often shared among processes: it contains
3455instructions, constants and the like. The data section of a running
3456program is usually alterable: for example, C variables would be stored
3457in the data section.
c1253627 3458@c @end ifset
252b5132
RH
3459
3460@cindex bss section
3461@item bss section
3462This section contains zeroed bytes when your program begins running. It
a349d9dd 3463is used to hold uninitialized variables or common storage. The length of
252b5132
RH
3464each partial program's bss section is important, but because it starts
3465out containing zeroed bytes there is no need to store explicit zero
3466bytes in the object file. The bss section was invented to eliminate
3467those explicit zeros from object files.
3468
3469@cindex absolute section
3470@item absolute section
3471Address 0 of this section is always ``relocated'' to runtime address 0.
3472This is useful if you want to refer to an address that @code{@value{LD}} must
3473not change when relocating. In this sense we speak of absolute
3474addresses being ``unrelocatable'': they do not change during relocation.
3475
3476@cindex undefined section
3477@item undefined section
3478This ``section'' is a catch-all for address references to objects not in
3479the preceding sections.
3480@c FIXME: ref to some other doc on obj-file formats could go here.
3481@end table
3482
3483@cindex relocation example
3484An idealized example of three relocatable sections follows.
c1253627 3485@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3486The example uses the traditional section names @samp{.text} and @samp{.data}.
3487@end ifset
3488Memory addresses are on the horizontal axis.
3489
3490@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3491@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3492@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3493@smallexample
3494 +-----+----+--+
3495partial program # 1: |ttttt|dddd|00|
3496 +-----+----+--+
3497
3498 text data bss
3499 seg. seg. seg.
3500
3501 +---+---+---+
3502partial program # 2: |TTT|DDD|000|
3503 +---+---+---+
3504
3505 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3506linked program: | |TTT|ttttt| |dddd|DDD|00000|
3507 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3508
3509 addresses: 0 @dots{}
3510@end smallexample
3511@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3512@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3513@need 5000
3514@tex
c1253627 3515\bigskip
252b5132
RH
3516\line{\it Partial program \#1: \hfil}
3517\line{\ibox{2.5cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3518\line{\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt ttttt}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 00}\hfil}
3519
3520\line{\it Partial program \#2: \hfil}
3521\line{\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{1.5cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3522\line{\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt DDDD}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 000}\hfil}
3523
3524\line{\it linked program: \hfil}
3525\line{\ibox{.5cm}{}\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2.5cm}{}\ibox{.75cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1.5cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3526\line{\boxit{.5cm}{}\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt
3527ttttt}\boxit{.75cm}{}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt
3528DDDD}\boxit{2cm}{\tt 00000}\ \dots\hfil}
3529
3530\line{\it addresses: \hfil}
3531\line{0\dots\hfil}
3532
3533@end tex
3534@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3535
3536@node As Sections
3537@section Assembler Internal Sections
3538
3539@cindex internal assembler sections
3540@cindex sections in messages, internal
a4fb0134 3541These sections are meant only for the internal use of @command{@value{AS}}. They
252b5132 3542have no meaning at run-time. You do not really need to know about these
a4fb0134 3543sections for most purposes; but they can be mentioned in @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132 3544warning messages, so it might be helpful to have an idea of their
a4fb0134 3545meanings to @command{@value{AS}}. These sections are used to permit the
252b5132
RH
3546value of every expression in your assembly language program to be a
3547section-relative address.
3548
3549@table @b
3550@cindex assembler internal logic error
3551@item ASSEMBLER-INTERNAL-LOGIC-ERROR!
3552An internal assembler logic error has been found. This means there is a
3553bug in the assembler.
3554
3555@cindex expr (internal section)
3556@item expr section
3557The assembler stores complex expression internally as combinations of
3558symbols. When it needs to represent an expression as a symbol, it puts
3559it in the expr section.
3560@c FIXME item debug
3561@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector preload
3562@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector postload
3563@c FIXME item register
3564@end table
3565
3566@node Sub-Sections
3567@section Sub-Sections
3568
3569@cindex numbered subsections
3570@cindex grouping data
3571@ifset aout-bout
3572Assembled bytes
c1253627 3573@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3574conventionally
3575@end ifset
3576fall into two sections: text and data.
3577@end ifset
3578You may have separate groups of
3579@ifset GENERIC
3580data in named sections
3581@end ifset
3582@ifclear GENERIC
3583@ifclear aout-bout
3584data in named sections
3585@end ifclear
3586@ifset aout-bout
3587text or data
3588@end ifset
3589@end ifclear
3590that you want to end up near to each other in the object file, even though they
a4fb0134 3591are not contiguous in the assembler source. @command{@value{AS}} allows you to
252b5132
RH
3592use @dfn{subsections} for this purpose. Within each section, there can be
3593numbered subsections with values from 0 to 8192. Objects assembled into the
3594same subsection go into the object file together with other objects in the same
3595subsection. For example, a compiler might want to store constants in the text
3596section, but might not want to have them interspersed with the program being
3597assembled. In this case, the compiler could issue a @samp{.text 0} before each
3598section of code being output, and a @samp{.text 1} before each group of
3599constants being output.
3600
3601Subsections are optional. If you do not use subsections, everything
3602goes in subsection number zero.
3603
3604@ifset GENERIC
3605Each subsection is zero-padded up to a multiple of four bytes.
3606(Subsections may be padded a different amount on different flavors
a4fb0134 3607of @command{@value{AS}}.)
252b5132
RH
3608@end ifset
3609@ifclear GENERIC
3610@ifset H8
7be1c489 3611On the H8/300 platform, each subsection is zero-padded to a word
252b5132 3612boundary (two bytes).
c2dcd04e 3613The same is true on the Renesas SH.
252b5132
RH
3614@end ifset
3615@ifset I960
3616@c FIXME section padding (alignment)?
3617@c Rich Pixley says padding here depends on target obj code format; that
3618@c doesn't seem particularly useful to say without further elaboration,
3619@c so for now I say nothing about it. If this is a generic BFD issue,
3620@c these paragraphs might need to vanish from this manual, and be
3621@c discussed in BFD chapter of binutils (or some such).
3622@end ifset
252b5132
RH
3623@end ifclear
3624
3625Subsections appear in your object file in numeric order, lowest numbered
3626to highest. (All this to be compatible with other people's assemblers.)
3627The object file contains no representation of subsections; @code{@value{LD}} and
3628other programs that manipulate object files see no trace of them.
3629They just see all your text subsections as a text section, and all your
3630data subsections as a data section.
3631
3632To specify which subsection you want subsequent statements assembled
3633into, use a numeric argument to specify it, in a @samp{.text
3634@var{expression}} or a @samp{.data @var{expression}} statement.
ed9589d4 3635@ifset COFF
252b5132 3636@ifset GENERIC
ed9589d4 3637When generating COFF output, you
252b5132
RH
3638@end ifset
3639@ifclear GENERIC
3640You
3641@end ifclear
3642can also use an extra subsection
3643argument with arbitrary named sections: @samp{.section @var{name},
3644@var{expression}}.
3645@end ifset
ed9589d4
BW
3646@ifset ELF
3647@ifset GENERIC
3648When generating ELF output, you
3649@end ifset
3650@ifclear GENERIC
3651You
3652@end ifclear
3653can also use the @code{.subsection} directive (@pxref{SubSection})
3654to specify a subsection: @samp{.subsection @var{expression}}.
3655@end ifset
96e9638b
BW
3656@var{Expression} should be an absolute expression
3657(@pxref{Expressions}). If you just say @samp{.text} then @samp{.text 0}
252b5132
RH
3658is assumed. Likewise @samp{.data} means @samp{.data 0}. Assembly
3659begins in @code{text 0}. For instance:
3660@smallexample
3661.text 0 # The default subsection is text 0 anyway.
3662.ascii "This lives in the first text subsection. *"
3663.text 1
3664.ascii "But this lives in the second text subsection."
3665.data 0
3666.ascii "This lives in the data section,"
3667.ascii "in the first data subsection."
3668.text 0
3669.ascii "This lives in the first text section,"
3670.ascii "immediately following the asterisk (*)."
3671@end smallexample
3672
3673Each section has a @dfn{location counter} incremented by one for every byte
3674assembled into that section. Because subsections are merely a convenience
a4fb0134 3675restricted to @command{@value{AS}} there is no concept of a subsection location
252b5132
RH
3676counter. There is no way to directly manipulate a location counter---but the
3677@code{.align} directive changes it, and any label definition captures its
3678current value. The location counter of the section where statements are being
3679assembled is said to be the @dfn{active} location counter.
3680
3681@node bss
3682@section bss Section
3683
3684@cindex bss section
3685@cindex common variable storage
3686The bss section is used for local common variable storage.
3687You may allocate address space in the bss section, but you may
3688not dictate data to load into it before your program executes. When
3689your program starts running, all the contents of the bss
3690section are zeroed bytes.
3691
3692The @code{.lcomm} pseudo-op defines a symbol in the bss section; see
3693@ref{Lcomm,,@code{.lcomm}}.
3694
3695The @code{.comm} pseudo-op may be used to declare a common symbol, which is
96e9638b 3696another form of uninitialized symbol; see @ref{Comm,,@code{.comm}}.
252b5132
RH
3697
3698@ifset GENERIC
3699When assembling for a target which supports multiple sections, such as ELF or
3700COFF, you may switch into the @code{.bss} section and define symbols as usual;
3701see @ref{Section,,@code{.section}}. You may only assemble zero values into the
3702section. Typically the section will only contain symbol definitions and
3703@code{.skip} directives (@pxref{Skip,,@code{.skip}}).
3704@end ifset
3705
3706@node Symbols
3707@chapter Symbols
3708
3709@cindex symbols
3710Symbols are a central concept: the programmer uses symbols to name
3711things, the linker uses symbols to link, and the debugger uses symbols
3712to debug.
3713
3714@quotation
3715@cindex debuggers, and symbol order
a4fb0134 3716@emph{Warning:} @command{@value{AS}} does not place symbols in the object file in
252b5132
RH
3717the same order they were declared. This may break some debuggers.
3718@end quotation
3719
3720@menu
3721* Labels:: Labels
3722* Setting Symbols:: Giving Symbols Other Values
3723* Symbol Names:: Symbol Names
3724* Dot:: The Special Dot Symbol
3725* Symbol Attributes:: Symbol Attributes
3726@end menu
3727
3728@node Labels
3729@section Labels
3730
3731@cindex labels
3732A @dfn{label} is written as a symbol immediately followed by a colon
3733@samp{:}. The symbol then represents the current value of the
3734active location counter, and is, for example, a suitable instruction
3735operand. You are warned if you use the same symbol to represent two
3736different locations: the first definition overrides any other
3737definitions.
3738
3739@ifset HPPA
3740On the HPPA, the usual form for a label need not be immediately followed by a
3741colon, but instead must start in column zero. Only one label may be defined on
a4fb0134 3742a single line. To work around this, the HPPA version of @command{@value{AS}} also
252b5132
RH
3743provides a special directive @code{.label} for defining labels more flexibly.
3744@end ifset
3745
3746@node Setting Symbols
3747@section Giving Symbols Other Values
3748
3749@cindex assigning values to symbols
3750@cindex symbol values, assigning
3751A symbol can be given an arbitrary value by writing a symbol, followed
3752by an equals sign @samp{=}, followed by an expression
3753(@pxref{Expressions}). This is equivalent to using the @code{.set}
9497f5ac
NC
3754directive. @xref{Set,,@code{.set}}. In the same way, using a double
3755equals sign @samp{=}@samp{=} here represents an equivalent of the
3756@code{.eqv} directive. @xref{Eqv,,@code{.eqv}}.
252b5132 3757
f8739b83
JZ
3758@ifset Blackfin
3759Blackfin does not support symbol assignment with @samp{=}.
3760@end ifset
3761
252b5132
RH
3762@node Symbol Names
3763@section Symbol Names
3764
3765@cindex symbol names
3766@cindex names, symbol
3767@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
3768Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On most
3769machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions are
3770noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}. That character may be followed by any
96e9638b
BW
3771string of digits, letters, dollar signs (unless otherwise noted for a
3772particular target machine), and underscores.
252b5132 3773@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3774@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
3775@ifset H8
3776Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On the
7be1c489 3777Renesas SH you can also use @code{$} in symbol names. That
c2dcd04e
NC
3778character may be followed by any string of digits, letters, dollar signs (save
3779on the H8/300), and underscores.
252b5132
RH
3780@end ifset
3781@end ifset
3782
3783Case of letters is significant: @code{foo} is a different symbol name
3784than @code{Foo}.
3785
ed1fcdd1
NC
3786Symbol names do not start with a digit. An exception to this rule is made for
3787Local Labels. See below.
3788
7bfd842d
NC
3789Multibyte characters are supported. To generate a symbol name containing
3790multibyte characters enclose it within double quotes and use escape codes. cf
3791@xref{Strings}. Generating a multibyte symbol name from a label is not
3792currently supported.
3793
252b5132
RH
3794Each symbol has exactly one name. Each name in an assembly language program
3795refers to exactly one symbol. You may use that symbol name any number of times
3796in a program.
3797
3798@subheading Local Symbol Names
3799
3800@cindex local symbol names
3801@cindex symbol names, local
ba83aca1
BW
3802A local symbol is any symbol beginning with certain local label prefixes.
3803By default, the local label prefix is @samp{.L} for ELF systems or
3804@samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, but each target may have its own
3805set of local label prefixes.
3806@ifset HPPA
3807On the HPPA local symbols begin with @samp{L$}.
3808@end ifset
3809
3810Local symbols are defined and used within the assembler, but they are
3811normally not saved in object files. Thus, they are not visible when debugging.
5c9352f3
AM
3812You may use the @samp{-L} option (@pxref{L, ,Include Local Symbols})
3813to retain the local symbols in the object files.
ba83aca1
BW
3814
3815@subheading Local Labels
3816
3817@cindex local labels
252b5132
RH
3818@cindex temporary symbol names
3819@cindex symbol names, temporary
ed1fcdd1
NC
3820Local labels are different from local symbols. Local labels help compilers and
3821programmers use names temporarily. They create symbols which are guaranteed to
3822be unique over the entire scope of the input source code and which can be
3823referred to by a simple notation. To define a local label, write a label of
9791c250
AM
3824the form @samp{@b{N}:} (where @b{N} represents any non-negative integer).
3825To refer to the most recent previous definition of that label write
3826@samp{@b{N}b}, using the same number as when you defined the label. To refer
3827to the next definition of a local label, write @samp{@b{N}f}. The @samp{b}
3828stands for ``backwards'' and the @samp{f} stands for ``forwards''.
2d5aaba0
NC
3829
3830There is no restriction on how you can use these labels, and you can reuse them
3831too. So that it is possible to repeatedly define the same local label (using
3832the same number @samp{@b{N}}), although you can only refer to the most recently
3833defined local label of that number (for a backwards reference) or the next
3834definition of a specific local label for a forward reference. It is also worth
3835noting that the first 10 local labels (@samp{@b{0:}}@dots{}@samp{@b{9:}}) are
3836implemented in a slightly more efficient manner than the others.
3837
3838Here is an example:
3839
3840@smallexample
38411: branch 1f
38422: branch 1b
38431: branch 2f
38442: branch 1b
3845@end smallexample
3846
3847Which is the equivalent of:
3848
3849@smallexample
3850label_1: branch label_3
3851label_2: branch label_1
3852label_3: branch label_4
3853label_4: branch label_3
3854@end smallexample
3855
ba83aca1 3856Local label names are only a notational device. They are immediately
2d5aaba0 3857transformed into more conventional symbol names before the assembler uses them.
96e9638b
BW
3858The symbol names are stored in the symbol table, appear in error messages, and
3859are optionally emitted to the object file. The names are constructed using
3860these parts:
252b5132
RH
3861
3862@table @code
ba83aca1
BW
3863@item @emph{local label prefix}
3864All local symbols begin with the system-specific local label prefix.
3865Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} forget symbols
3866that start with the local label prefix. These labels are
252b5132 3867used for symbols you are never intended to see. If you use the
a4fb0134 3868@samp{-L} option then @command{@value{AS}} retains these symbols in the
252b5132
RH
3869object file. If you also instruct @code{@value{LD}} to retain these symbols,
3870you may use them in debugging.
3871
2d5aaba0
NC
3872@item @var{number}
3873This is the number that was used in the local label definition. So if the
01642c12 3874label is written @samp{55:} then the number is @samp{55}.
252b5132 3875
2d5aaba0
NC
3876@item @kbd{C-B}
3877This unusual character is included so you do not accidentally invent a symbol
3878of the same name. The character has ASCII value of @samp{\002} (control-B).
252b5132
RH
3879
3880@item @emph{ordinal number}
2d5aaba0 3881This is a serial number to keep the labels distinct. The first definition of
01642c12 3882@samp{0:} gets the number @samp{1}. The 15th definition of @samp{0:} gets the
2d5aaba0 3883number @samp{15}, and so on. Likewise the first definition of @samp{1:} gets
b45619c0 3884the number @samp{1} and its 15th definition gets @samp{15} as well.
252b5132
RH
3885@end table
3886
ba83aca1
BW
3887So for example, the first @code{1:} may be named @code{.L1@kbd{C-B}1}, and
3888the 44th @code{3:} may be named @code{.L3@kbd{C-B}44}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3889
3890@subheading Dollar Local Labels
3891@cindex dollar local symbols
3892
ed1fcdd1
NC
3893On some targets @code{@value{AS}} also supports an even more local form of
3894local labels called dollar labels. These labels go out of scope (i.e., they
3895become undefined) as soon as a non-local label is defined. Thus they remain
3896valid for only a small region of the input source code. Normal local labels,
3897by contrast, remain in scope for the entire file, or until they are redefined
3898by another occurrence of the same local label.
2d5aaba0
NC
3899
3900Dollar labels are defined in exactly the same way as ordinary local labels,
77cca80f
NC
3901except that they have a dollar sign suffix to their numeric value, e.g.,
3902@samp{@b{55$:}}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3903
3904They can also be distinguished from ordinary local labels by their transformed
96e9638b
BW
3905names which use ASCII character @samp{\001} (control-A) as the magic character
3906to distinguish them from ordinary labels. For example, the fifth definition of
ba83aca1 3907@samp{6$} may be named @samp{.L6@kbd{C-A}5}.
252b5132
RH
3908
3909@node Dot
3910@section The Special Dot Symbol
3911
3912@cindex dot (symbol)
3913@cindex @code{.} (symbol)
3914@cindex current address
3915@cindex location counter
3916The special symbol @samp{.} refers to the current address that
a4fb0134 3917@command{@value{AS}} is assembling into. Thus, the expression @samp{melvin:
252b5132
RH
3918.long .} defines @code{melvin} to contain its own address.
3919Assigning a value to @code{.} is treated the same as a @code{.org}
884f0d36 3920directive.
252b5132 3921@ifclear no-space-dir
884f0d36 3922Thus, the expression @samp{.=.+4} is the same as saying
252b5132
RH
3923@samp{.space 4}.
3924@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3925
3926@node Symbol Attributes
3927@section Symbol Attributes
3928
3929@cindex symbol attributes
3930@cindex attributes, symbol
3931Every symbol has, as well as its name, the attributes ``Value'' and
3932``Type''. Depending on output format, symbols can also have auxiliary
3933attributes.
3934@ifset INTERNALS
3935The detailed definitions are in @file{a.out.h}.
3936@end ifset
3937
a4fb0134 3938If you use a symbol without defining it, @command{@value{AS}} assumes zero for
252b5132
RH
3939all these attributes, and probably won't warn you. This makes the
3940symbol an externally defined symbol, which is generally what you
3941would want.
3942
3943@menu
3944* Symbol Value:: Value
3945* Symbol Type:: Type
3946@ifset aout-bout
3947@ifset GENERIC
3948* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3949@end ifset
3950@ifclear GENERIC
3951@ifclear BOUT
3952* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3953@end ifclear
3954@ifset BOUT
3955* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}, @code{b.out}
3956@end ifset
3957@end ifclear
3958@end ifset
3959@ifset COFF
3960* COFF Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for COFF
3961@end ifset
3962@ifset SOM
3963* SOM Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for SOM
3964@end ifset
3965@end menu
3966
3967@node Symbol Value
3968@subsection Value
3969
3970@cindex value of a symbol
3971@cindex symbol value
3972The value of a symbol is (usually) 32 bits. For a symbol which labels a
3973location in the text, data, bss or absolute sections the value is the
3974number of addresses from the start of that section to the label.
3975Naturally for text, data and bss sections the value of a symbol changes
3976as @code{@value{LD}} changes section base addresses during linking. Absolute
3977symbols' values do not change during linking: that is why they are
3978called absolute.
3979
3980The value of an undefined symbol is treated in a special way. If it is
39810 then the symbol is not defined in this assembler source file, and
3982@code{@value{LD}} tries to determine its value from other files linked into the
3983same program. You make this kind of symbol simply by mentioning a symbol
3984name without defining it. A non-zero value represents a @code{.comm}
3985common declaration. The value is how much common storage to reserve, in
3986bytes (addresses). The symbol refers to the first address of the
3987allocated storage.
3988
3989@node Symbol Type
3990@subsection Type
3991
3992@cindex type of a symbol
3993@cindex symbol type
3994The type attribute of a symbol contains relocation (section)
3995information, any flag settings indicating that a symbol is external, and
3996(optionally), other information for linkers and debuggers. The exact
3997format depends on the object-code output format in use.
3998
3999@ifset aout-bout
4000@ifclear GENERIC
4001@ifset BOUT
4002@c The following avoids a "widow" subsection title. @group would be
4003@c better if it were available outside examples.
4004@need 1000
4005@node a.out Symbols
4006@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}, @code{b.out}
4007
4008@cindex @code{b.out} symbol attributes
4009@cindex symbol attributes, @code{b.out}
a4fb0134 4010These symbol attributes appear only when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for
252b5132
RH
4011one of the Berkeley-descended object output formats---@code{a.out} or
4012@code{b.out}.
4013
4014@end ifset
4015@ifclear BOUT
4016@node a.out Symbols
4017@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
4018
4019@cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
4020@cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
4021
4022@end ifclear
4023@end ifclear
4024@ifset GENERIC
4025@node a.out Symbols
4026@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
4027
4028@cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
4029@cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
4030
4031@end ifset
4032@menu
4033* Symbol Desc:: Descriptor
4034* Symbol Other:: Other
4035@end menu
4036
4037@node Symbol Desc
4038@subsubsection Descriptor
4039
4040@cindex descriptor, of @code{a.out} symbol
4041This is an arbitrary 16-bit value. You may establish a symbol's
4042descriptor value by using a @code{.desc} statement
4043(@pxref{Desc,,@code{.desc}}). A descriptor value means nothing to
a4fb0134 4044@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
4045
4046@node Symbol Other
4047@subsubsection Other
4048
4049@cindex other attribute, of @code{a.out} symbol
a4fb0134 4050This is an arbitrary 8-bit value. It means nothing to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
4051@end ifset
4052
4053@ifset COFF
4054@node COFF Symbols
4055@subsection Symbol Attributes for COFF
4056
4057@cindex COFF symbol attributes
4058@cindex symbol attributes, COFF
4059
4060The COFF format supports a multitude of auxiliary symbol attributes;
4061like the primary symbol attributes, they are set between @code{.def} and
4062@code{.endef} directives.
4063
4064@subsubsection Primary Attributes
4065
4066@cindex primary attributes, COFF symbols
4067The symbol name is set with @code{.def}; the value and type,
4068respectively, with @code{.val} and @code{.type}.
4069
4070@subsubsection Auxiliary Attributes
4071
4072@cindex auxiliary attributes, COFF symbols
a4fb0134 4073The @command{@value{AS}} directives @code{.dim}, @code{.line}, @code{.scl},
c87db184
CF
4074@code{.size}, @code{.tag}, and @code{.weak} can generate auxiliary symbol
4075table information for COFF.
252b5132
RH
4076@end ifset
4077
4078@ifset SOM
4079@node SOM Symbols
4080@subsection Symbol Attributes for SOM
4081
4082@cindex SOM symbol attributes
4083@cindex symbol attributes, SOM
4084
4085The SOM format for the HPPA supports a multitude of symbol attributes set with
4086the @code{.EXPORT} and @code{.IMPORT} directives.
4087
01642c12 4088The attributes are described in @cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly
252b5132
RH
4089Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) under the @code{IMPORT} and
4090@code{EXPORT} assembler directive documentation.
4091@end ifset
4092
4093@node Expressions
4094@chapter Expressions
4095
4096@cindex expressions
4097@cindex addresses
4098@cindex numeric values
4099An @dfn{expression} specifies an address or numeric value.
4100Whitespace may precede and/or follow an expression.
4101
4102The result of an expression must be an absolute number, or else an offset into
4103a particular section. If an expression is not absolute, and there is not
a4fb0134 4104enough information when @command{@value{AS}} sees the expression to know its
252b5132
RH
4105section, a second pass over the source program might be necessary to interpret
4106the expression---but the second pass is currently not implemented.
a4fb0134 4107@command{@value{AS}} aborts with an error message in this situation.
252b5132
RH
4108
4109@menu
4110* Empty Exprs:: Empty Expressions
4111* Integer Exprs:: Integer Expressions
4112@end menu
4113
4114@node Empty Exprs
4115@section Empty Expressions
4116
4117@cindex empty expressions
4118@cindex expressions, empty
4119An empty expression has no value: it is just whitespace or null.
4120Wherever an absolute expression is required, you may omit the
a4fb0134 4121expression, and @command{@value{AS}} assumes a value of (absolute) 0. This
252b5132
RH
4122is compatible with other assemblers.
4123
4124@node Integer Exprs
4125@section Integer Expressions
4126
4127@cindex integer expressions
4128@cindex expressions, integer
4129An @dfn{integer expression} is one or more @emph{arguments} delimited
4130by @emph{operators}.
4131
4132@menu
4133* Arguments:: Arguments
4134* Operators:: Operators
4135* Prefix Ops:: Prefix Operators
4136* Infix Ops:: Infix Operators
4137@end menu
4138
4139@node Arguments
4140@subsection Arguments
4141
4142@cindex expression arguments
4143@cindex arguments in expressions
4144@cindex operands in expressions
4145@cindex arithmetic operands
4146@dfn{Arguments} are symbols, numbers or subexpressions. In other
4147contexts arguments are sometimes called ``arithmetic operands''. In
4148this manual, to avoid confusing them with the ``instruction operands'' of
4149the machine language, we use the term ``argument'' to refer to parts of
4150expressions only, reserving the word ``operand'' to refer only to machine
4151instruction operands.
4152
4153Symbols are evaluated to yield @{@var{section} @var{NNN}@} where
4154@var{section} is one of text, data, bss, absolute,
4155or undefined. @var{NNN} is a signed, 2's complement 32 bit
4156integer.
4157
4158Numbers are usually integers.
4159
4160A number can be a flonum or bignum. In this case, you are warned
a4fb0134 4161that only the low order 32 bits are used, and @command{@value{AS}} pretends
252b5132
RH
4162these 32 bits are an integer. You may write integer-manipulating
4163instructions that act on exotic constants, compatible with other
4164assemblers.
4165
4166@cindex subexpressions
4167Subexpressions are a left parenthesis @samp{(} followed by an integer
4168expression, followed by a right parenthesis @samp{)}; or a prefix
4169operator followed by an argument.
4170
4171@node Operators
4172@subsection Operators
4173
4174@cindex operators, in expressions
4175@cindex arithmetic functions
4176@cindex functions, in expressions
4177@dfn{Operators} are arithmetic functions, like @code{+} or @code{%}. Prefix
4178operators are followed by an argument. Infix operators appear
4179between their arguments. Operators may be preceded and/or followed by
4180whitespace.
4181
4182@node Prefix Ops
4183@subsection Prefix Operator
4184
4185@cindex prefix operators
a4fb0134 4186@command{@value{AS}} has the following @dfn{prefix operators}. They each take
252b5132
RH
4187one argument, which must be absolute.
4188
4189@c the tex/end tex stuff surrounding this small table is meant to make
4190@c it align, on the printed page, with the similar table in the next
4191@c section (which is inside an enumerate).
4192@tex
4193\global\advance\leftskip by \itemindent
4194@end tex
4195
4196@table @code
4197@item -
4198@dfn{Negation}. Two's complement negation.
4199@item ~
4200@dfn{Complementation}. Bitwise not.
4201@end table
4202
4203@tex
4204\global\advance\leftskip by -\itemindent
4205@end tex
4206
4207@node Infix Ops
4208@subsection Infix Operators
4209
4210@cindex infix operators
4211@cindex operators, permitted arguments
4212@dfn{Infix operators} take two arguments, one on either side. Operators
4213have precedence, but operations with equal precedence are performed left
a4fb0134 4214to right. Apart from @code{+} or @option{-}, both arguments must be
252b5132
RH
4215absolute, and the result is absolute.
4216
4217@enumerate
4218@cindex operator precedence
4219@cindex precedence of operators
4220
4221@item
4222Highest Precedence
4223
4224@table @code
4225@item *
4226@dfn{Multiplication}.
4227
4228@item /
4229@dfn{Division}. Truncation is the same as the C operator @samp{/}
4230
4231@item %
4232@dfn{Remainder}.
4233
d1eac9d9 4234@item <<
252b5132
RH
4235@dfn{Shift Left}. Same as the C operator @samp{<<}.
4236
d1eac9d9 4237@item >>
252b5132
RH
4238@dfn{Shift Right}. Same as the C operator @samp{>>}.
4239@end table
4240
4241@item
4242Intermediate precedence
4243
4244@table @code
4245@item |
4246
4247@dfn{Bitwise Inclusive Or}.
4248
4249@item &
4250@dfn{Bitwise And}.
4251
4252@item ^
4253@dfn{Bitwise Exclusive Or}.
4254
4255@item !
4256@dfn{Bitwise Or Not}.
4257@end table
4258
4259@item
b131d4dc 4260Low Precedence
252b5132
RH
4261
4262@table @code
4263@cindex addition, permitted arguments
4264@cindex plus, permitted arguments
4265@cindex arguments for addition
4266@item +
4267@dfn{Addition}. If either argument is absolute, the result has the section of
4268the other argument. You may not add together arguments from different
4269sections.
4270
4271@cindex subtraction, permitted arguments
4272@cindex minus, permitted arguments
4273@cindex arguments for subtraction
4274@item -
4275@dfn{Subtraction}. If the right argument is absolute, the
4276result has the section of the left argument.
4277If both arguments are in the same section, the result is absolute.
4278You may not subtract arguments from different sections.
4279@c FIXME is there still something useful to say about undefined - undefined ?
b131d4dc
NC
4280
4281@cindex comparison expressions
4282@cindex expressions, comparison
4283@item ==
4284@dfn{Is Equal To}
4285@item <>
723a8472 4286@itemx !=
b131d4dc
NC
4287@dfn{Is Not Equal To}
4288@item <
4289@dfn{Is Less Than}
d1eac9d9 4290@item >
b131d4dc 4291@dfn{Is Greater Than}
d1eac9d9 4292@item >=
b131d4dc 4293@dfn{Is Greater Than Or Equal To}
d1eac9d9 4294@item <=
b131d4dc
NC
4295@dfn{Is Less Than Or Equal To}
4296
4297The comparison operators can be used as infix operators. A true results has a
4298value of -1 whereas a false result has a value of 0. Note, these operators
4299perform signed comparisons.
4300@end table
4301
4302@item Lowest Precedence
4303
4304@table @code
4305@item &&
4306@dfn{Logical And}.
4307
4308@item ||
4309@dfn{Logical Or}.
4310
4311These two logical operations can be used to combine the results of sub
4312expressions. Note, unlike the comparison operators a true result returns a
4313value of 1 but a false results does still return 0. Also note that the logical
4314or operator has a slightly lower precedence than logical and.
4315
252b5132
RH
4316@end table
4317@end enumerate
4318
4319In short, it's only meaningful to add or subtract the @emph{offsets} in an
4320address; you can only have a defined section in one of the two arguments.
4321
4322@node Pseudo Ops
4323@chapter Assembler Directives
4324
4325@cindex directives, machine independent
4326@cindex pseudo-ops, machine independent
4327@cindex machine independent directives
4328All assembler directives have names that begin with a period (@samp{.}).
7e302352
RS
4329The names are case insensitive for most targets, and usually written
4330in lower case.
252b5132
RH
4331
4332This chapter discusses directives that are available regardless of the
4333target machine configuration for the @sc{gnu} assembler.
4334@ifset GENERIC
4335Some machine configurations provide additional directives.
4336@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
4337@end ifset
4338@ifclear GENERIC
4339@ifset machine-directives
96e9638b 4340@xref{Machine Dependencies}, for additional directives.
252b5132
RH
4341@end ifset
4342@end ifclear
4343
4344@menu
4345* Abort:: @code{.abort}
4346@ifset COFF
38a57ae7 4347* ABORT (COFF):: @code{.ABORT}
252b5132 4348@end ifset
f0dc282c 4349
252b5132 4350* Align:: @code{.align @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
caa32fe5 4351* Altmacro:: @code{.altmacro}
252b5132
RH
4352* Ascii:: @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4353* Asciz:: @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4354* Balign:: @code{.balign @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
d3b47e2b 4355* Bundle directives:: @code{.bundle_align_mode @var{abs-expr}}, etc
252b5132 4356* Byte:: @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4b7d318b 4357* CFI directives:: @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}, @code{.cfi_endproc}, etc.
ccf8a69b 4358* Comm:: @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
252b5132
RH
4359* Data:: @code{.data @var{subsection}}
4360@ifset COFF
4361* Def:: @code{.def @var{name}}
4362@end ifset
4363@ifset aout-bout
4364* Desc:: @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
4365@end ifset
4366@ifset COFF
4367* Dim:: @code{.dim}
4368@end ifset
f0dc282c 4369
252b5132
RH
4370* Double:: @code{.double @var{flonums}}
4371* Eject:: @code{.eject}
4372* Else:: @code{.else}
3fd9f047 4373* Elseif:: @code{.elseif}
252b5132
RH
4374* End:: @code{.end}
4375@ifset COFF
4376* Endef:: @code{.endef}
4377@end ifset
f0dc282c 4378
252b5132
RH
4379* Endfunc:: @code{.endfunc}
4380* Endif:: @code{.endif}
4381* Equ:: @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4382* Equiv:: @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
9497f5ac 4383* Eqv:: @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
252b5132 4384* Err:: @code{.err}
d190d046 4385* Error:: @code{.error @var{string}}
252b5132
RH
4386* Exitm:: @code{.exitm}
4387* Extern:: @code{.extern}
4388* Fail:: @code{.fail}
14082c76 4389* File:: @code{.file}
252b5132
RH
4390* Fill:: @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
4391* Float:: @code{.float @var{flonums}}
01642c12 4392* Func:: @code{.func}
252b5132 4393* Global:: @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
c91d2e08 4394@ifset ELF
3a99f02f 4395* Gnu_attribute:: @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
c91d2e08
NC
4396* Hidden:: @code{.hidden @var{names}}
4397@end ifset
f0dc282c 4398
252b5132
RH
4399* hword:: @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
4400* Ident:: @code{.ident}
4401* If:: @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
7e005732 4402* Incbin:: @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
252b5132
RH
4403* Include:: @code{.include "@var{file}"}
4404* Int:: @code{.int @var{expressions}}
c91d2e08
NC
4405@ifset ELF
4406* Internal:: @code{.internal @var{names}}
4407@end ifset
f0dc282c 4408
252b5132
RH
4409* Irp:: @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4410* Irpc:: @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4411* Lcomm:: @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
4412* Lflags:: @code{.lflags}
4413@ifclear no-line-dir
4414* Line:: @code{.line @var{line-number}}
4415@end ifclear
f0dc282c 4416
252b5132
RH
4417* Linkonce:: @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
4418* List:: @code{.list}
bd0eb99b 4419* Ln:: @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
14082c76
BW
4420* Loc:: @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno}}
4421* Loc_mark_labels:: @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
4d4175af
BW
4422@ifset ELF
4423* Local:: @code{.local @var{names}}
4424@end ifset
bd0eb99b 4425
252b5132
RH
4426* Long:: @code{.long @var{expressions}}
4427@ignore
4428* Lsym:: @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4429@end ignore
f0dc282c 4430
252b5132
RH
4431* Macro:: @code{.macro @var{name} @var{args}}@dots{}
4432* MRI:: @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 4433* Noaltmacro:: @code{.noaltmacro}
252b5132
RH
4434* Nolist:: @code{.nolist}
4435* Octa:: @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
9aec2026 4436* Offset:: @code{.offset @var{loc}}
85234291
L
4437* Org:: @code{.org @var{new-lc}, @var{fill}}
4438* P2align:: @code{.p2align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
c91d2e08
NC
4439@ifset ELF
4440* PopSection:: @code{.popsection}
4441* Previous:: @code{.previous}
4442@end ifset
f0dc282c 4443
252b5132 4444* Print:: @code{.print @var{string}}
c91d2e08
NC
4445@ifset ELF
4446* Protected:: @code{.protected @var{names}}
4447@end ifset
f0dc282c 4448
252b5132
RH
4449* Psize:: @code{.psize @var{lines}, @var{columns}}
4450* Purgem:: @code{.purgem @var{name}}
c91d2e08
NC
4451@ifset ELF
4452* PushSection:: @code{.pushsection @var{name}}
4453@end ifset
f0dc282c 4454
252b5132 4455* Quad:: @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
05e9452c 4456* Reloc:: @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
252b5132
RH
4457* Rept:: @code{.rept @var{count}}
4458* Sbttl:: @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
4459@ifset COFF
4460* Scl:: @code{.scl @var{class}}
c1253627
NC
4461@end ifset
4462@ifset COFF-ELF
7337fc21 4463* Section:: @code{.section @var{name}[, @var{flags}]}
252b5132 4464@end ifset
f0dc282c 4465
252b5132
RH
4466* Set:: @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4467* Short:: @code{.short @var{expressions}}
4468* Single:: @code{.single @var{flonums}}
c1253627 4469@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 4470* Size:: @code{.size [@var{name} , @var{expression}]}
c1253627 4471@end ifset
884f0d36 4472@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132 4473* Skip:: @code{.skip @var{size} , @var{fill}}
884f0d36
BW
4474@end ifclear
4475
252b5132 4476* Sleb128:: @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
884f0d36 4477@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132 4478* Space:: @code{.space @var{size} , @var{fill}}
884f0d36 4479@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
4480@ifset have-stabs
4481* Stab:: @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
4482@end ifset
f0dc282c 4483
38a57ae7 4484* String:: @code{.string "@var{str}"}, @code{.string8 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string16 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string32 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string64 "@var{str}"}
252b5132
RH
4485* Struct:: @code{.struct @var{expression}}
4486@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4487* SubSection:: @code{.subsection}
252b5132
RH
4488* Symver:: @code{.symver @var{name},@var{name2@@nodename}}
4489@end ifset
f0dc282c 4490
252b5132
RH
4491@ifset COFF
4492* Tag:: @code{.tag @var{structname}}
4493@end ifset
f0dc282c 4494
252b5132
RH
4495* Text:: @code{.text @var{subsection}}
4496* Title:: @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
c1253627 4497@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 4498* Type:: @code{.type <@var{int} | @var{name} , @var{type description}>}
c1253627
NC
4499@end ifset
4500
c91d2e08 4501* Uleb128:: @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
252b5132 4502@ifset COFF
252b5132
RH
4503* Val:: @code{.val @var{addr}}
4504@end ifset
f0dc282c 4505
2e13b764 4506@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4507* Version:: @code{.version "@var{string}"}
c91d2e08
NC
4508* VTableEntry:: @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
4509* VTableInherit:: @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 4510@end ifset
f0dc282c 4511
d190d046 4512* Warning:: @code{.warning @var{string}}
c87db184 4513* Weak:: @code{.weak @var{names}}
06e77878 4514* Weakref:: @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{symbol}}
252b5132 4515* Word:: @code{.word @var{expressions}}
7ce98c16
NC
4516@ifclear no-space-dir
4517* Zero:: @code{.zero @var{size}}
4518@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
4519* Deprecated:: Deprecated Directives
4520@end menu
4521
4522@node Abort
4523@section @code{.abort}
4524
4525@cindex @code{abort} directive
4526@cindex stopping the assembly
4527This directive stops the assembly immediately. It is for
4528compatibility with other assemblers. The original idea was that the
4529assembly language source would be piped into the assembler. If the sender
a4fb0134 4530of the source quit, it could use this directive tells @command{@value{AS}} to
252b5132
RH
4531quit also. One day @code{.abort} will not be supported.
4532
4533@ifset COFF
370b66a1
CD
4534@node ABORT (COFF)
4535@section @code{.ABORT} (COFF)
252b5132
RH
4536
4537@cindex @code{ABORT} directive
a4fb0134 4538When producing COFF output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive as a
252b5132
RH
4539synonym for @samp{.abort}.
4540
4541@ifset BOUT
a4fb0134 4542When producing @code{b.out} output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive,
252b5132
RH
4543but ignores it.
4544@end ifset
4545@end ifset
4546
4547@node Align
4548@section @code{.align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
4549
4550@cindex padding the location counter
4551@cindex @code{align} directive
4552Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular storage
4553boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the alignment
4554required, as described below.
4555
4556The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4557padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
4558padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
4559marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4560with no-op instructions.
4561
4562The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4563it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4564directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4565specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4566fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4567required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4568with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4569
4570The way the required alignment is specified varies from system to system.
73589c9d 4571For the arc, hppa, i386 using ELF, i860, iq2000, m68k, or1k,
60946ad0 4572s390, sparc, tic4x, tic80 and xtensa, the first expression is the
252b5132
RH
4573alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.align 8} advances
4574the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
60946ad0
AM
4575is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed. For the tic54x, the
4576first expression is the alignment request in words.
252b5132 4577
9e9a9798 4578For other systems, including ppc, i386 using a.out format, arm and
adcf07e6 4579strongarm, it is the
252b5132
RH
4580number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
4581advancement. For example @samp{.align 3} advances the location
4582counter until it a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
4583multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4584
4585This inconsistency is due to the different behaviors of the various
4586native assemblers for these systems which GAS must emulate.
4587GAS also provides @code{.balign} and @code{.p2align} directives,
4588described later, which have a consistent behavior across all
4589architectures (but are specific to GAS).
4590
ccf8a69b
BW
4591@node Altmacro
4592@section @code{.altmacro}
4593Enable alternate macro mode, enabling:
4594
4595@ftable @code
4596@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
4597One additional directive, @code{LOCAL}, is available. It is used to
4598generate a string replacement for each of the @var{name} arguments, and
4599replace any instances of @var{name} in each macro expansion. The
4600replacement string is unique in the assembly, and different for each
4601separate macro expansion. @code{LOCAL} allows you to write macros that
4602define symbols, without fear of conflict between separate macro expansions.
4603
4604@item String delimiters
4605You can write strings delimited in these other ways besides
4606@code{"@var{string}"}:
4607
4608@table @code
4609@item '@var{string}'
4610You can delimit strings with single-quote characters.
4611
4612@item <@var{string}>
4613You can delimit strings with matching angle brackets.
4614@end table
4615
4616@item single-character string escape
4617To include any single character literally in a string (even if the
4618character would otherwise have some special meaning), you can prefix the
4619character with @samp{!} (an exclamation mark). For example, you can
4620write @samp{<4.3 !> 5.4!!>} to get the literal text @samp{4.3 > 5.4!}.
4621
4622@item Expression results as strings
4623You can write @samp{%@var{expr}} to evaluate the expression @var{expr}
01642c12 4624and use the result as a string.
ccf8a69b
BW
4625@end ftable
4626
252b5132
RH
4627@node Ascii
4628@section @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4629
4630@cindex @code{ascii} directive
4631@cindex string literals
4632@code{.ascii} expects zero or more string literals (@pxref{Strings})
4633separated by commas. It assembles each string (with no automatic
4634trailing zero byte) into consecutive addresses.
4635
4636@node Asciz
4637@section @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4638
4639@cindex @code{asciz} directive
4640@cindex zero-terminated strings
4641@cindex null-terminated strings
4642@code{.asciz} is just like @code{.ascii}, but each string is followed by
4643a zero byte. The ``z'' in @samp{.asciz} stands for ``zero''.
4644
4645@node Balign
4646@section @code{.balign[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
4647
4648@cindex padding the location counter given number of bytes
4649@cindex @code{balign} directive
4650Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
4651storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
4652alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.balign 8} advances
4653the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
4654is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4655
4656The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4657padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
4658padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
4659marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4660with no-op instructions.
4661
4662The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4663it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4664directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4665specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4666fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4667required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4668with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4669
4670@cindex @code{balignw} directive
4671@cindex @code{balignl} directive
4672The @code{.balignw} and @code{.balignl} directives are variants of the
4673@code{.balign} directive. The @code{.balignw} directive treats the fill
4674pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.balignl} directives treats the
4675fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.balignw
46764,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
4677filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
4678the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
4679undefined.
4680
fa94de6b 4681@node Bundle directives
d3b47e2b
L
4682@section Bundle directives
4683@subsection @code{.bundle_align_mode @var{abs-expr}}
fa94de6b
RM
4684@cindex @code{bundle_align_mode} directive
4685@cindex bundle
4686@cindex instruction bundle
4687@cindex aligned instruction bundle
ec82c18e 4688@code{.bundle_align_mode} enables or disables @dfn{aligned instruction
fa94de6b 4689bundle} mode. In this mode, sequences of adjacent instructions are grouped
ec82c18e 4690into fixed-sized @dfn{bundles}. If the argument is zero, this mode is
27dcf5c0 4691disabled (which is the default state). If the argument it not zero, it
fa94de6b
RM
4692gives the size of an instruction bundle as a power of two (as for the
4693@code{.p2align} directive, @pxref{P2align}).
4694
4695For some targets, it's an ABI requirement that no instruction may span a
ec82c18e 4696certain aligned boundary. A @dfn{bundle} is simply a sequence of
fa94de6b
RM
4697instructions that starts on an aligned boundary. For example, if
4698@var{abs-expr} is @code{5} then the bundle size is 32, so each aligned
4699chunk of 32 bytes is a bundle. When aligned instruction bundle mode is in
4700effect, no single instruction may span a boundary between bundles. If an
4701instruction would start too close to the end of a bundle for the length of
4702that particular instruction to fit within the bundle, then the space at the
4703end of that bundle is filled with no-op instructions so the instruction
4704starts in the next bundle. As a corollary, it's an error if any single
4705instruction's encoding is longer than the bundle size.
4706
d3b47e2b 4707@subsection @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock}
fa94de6b
RM
4708@cindex @code{bundle_lock} directive
4709@cindex @code{bundle_unlock} directive
4710The @code{.bundle_lock} and directive @code{.bundle_unlock} directives
4711allow explicit control over instruction bundle padding. These directives
4712are only valid when @code{.bundle_align_mode} has been used to enable
4713aligned instruction bundle mode. It's an error if they appear when
4714@code{.bundle_align_mode} has not been used at all, or when the last
4715directive was @w{@code{.bundle_align_mode 0}}.
4716
4717@cindex bundle-locked
4718For some targets, it's an ABI requirement that certain instructions may
4719appear only as part of specified permissible sequences of multiple
4720instructions, all within the same bundle. A pair of @code{.bundle_lock}
ec82c18e 4721and @code{.bundle_unlock} directives define a @dfn{bundle-locked}
fa94de6b
RM
4722instruction sequence. For purposes of aligned instruction bundle mode, a
4723sequence starting with @code{.bundle_lock} and ending with
4724@code{.bundle_unlock} is treated as a single instruction. That is, the
4725entire sequence must fit into a single bundle and may not span a bundle
4726boundary. If necessary, no-op instructions will be inserted before the
4727first instruction of the sequence so that the whole sequence starts on an
4728aligned bundle boundary. It's an error if the sequence is longer than the
4729bundle size.
4730
d416e51d
RM
4731For convenience when using @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock}
4732inside assembler macros (@pxref{Macro}), bundle-locked sequences may be
4733nested. That is, a second @code{.bundle_lock} directive before the next
4734@code{.bundle_unlock} directive has no effect except that it must be
4735matched by another closing @code{.bundle_unlock} so that there is the
4736same number of @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock} directives.
fa94de6b 4737
252b5132
RH
4738@node Byte
4739@section @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4740
4741@cindex @code{byte} directive
4742@cindex integers, one byte
4743@code{.byte} expects zero or more expressions, separated by commas.
4744Each expression is assembled into the next byte.
4745
54cfded0 4746@node CFI directives
d3b47e2b
L
4747@section CFI directives
4748@subsection @code{.cfi_sections @var{section_list}}
38462edf
JJ
4749@cindex @code{cfi_sections} directive
4750@code{.cfi_sections} may be used to specify whether CFI directives
4751should emit @code{.eh_frame} section and/or @code{.debug_frame} section.
4752If @var{section_list} is @code{.eh_frame}, @code{.eh_frame} is emitted,
4753if @var{section_list} is @code{.debug_frame}, @code{.debug_frame} is emitted.
4754To emit both use @code{.eh_frame, .debug_frame}. The default if this
4755directive is not used is @code{.cfi_sections .eh_frame}.
4756
2f0c68f2
CM
4757On targets that support compact unwinding tables these can be generated
4758by specifying @code{.eh_frame_entry} instead of @code{.eh_frame}.
4759
bd5608dc
NC
4760Some targets may support an additional name, such as @code{.c6xabi.exidx}
4761which is used by the @value{TIC6X} target.
4762
4763The @code{.cfi_sections} directive can be repeated, with the same or different
4764arguments, provided that CFI generation has not yet started. Once CFI
4765generation has started however the section list is fixed and any attempts to
4766redefine it will result in an error.
4767
d3b47e2b 4768@subsection @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}
54cfded0
AM
4769@cindex @code{cfi_startproc} directive
4770@code{.cfi_startproc} is used at the beginning of each function that
4771should have an entry in @code{.eh_frame}. It initializes some internal
4b7d318b 4772data structures. Don't forget to close the function by
54cfded0
AM
4773@code{.cfi_endproc}.
4774
01642c12 4775Unless @code{.cfi_startproc} is used along with parameter @code{simple}
4b7d318b 4776it also emits some architecture dependent initial CFI instructions.
01642c12 4777
d3b47e2b 4778@subsection @code{.cfi_endproc}
54cfded0
AM
4779@cindex @code{cfi_endproc} directive
4780@code{.cfi_endproc} is used at the end of a function where it closes its
4781unwind entry previously opened by
b45619c0 4782@code{.cfi_startproc}, and emits it to @code{.eh_frame}.
54cfded0 4783
d3b47e2b 4784@subsection @code{.cfi_personality @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
2f0c68f2 4785@cindex @code{cfi_personality} directive
9b8ae42e
JJ
4786@code{.cfi_personality} defines personality routine and its encoding.
4787@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the personality
4788should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), second
4789argument is not present, otherwise second argument should be
4790a constant or a symbol name. When using indirect encodings,
4791the symbol provided should be the location where personality
4792can be loaded from, not the personality routine itself.
4793The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_personality 0xff},
4794no personality routine.
4795
2f0c68f2
CM
4796@subsection @code{.cfi_personality_id @var{id}}
4797@cindex @code{cfi_personality_id} directive
4798@code{cfi_personality_id} defines a personality routine by its index as
4799defined in a compact unwinding format.
4800Only valid when generating compact EH frames (i.e.
4801with @code{.cfi_sections eh_frame_entry}.
4802
4803@subsection @code{.cfi_fde_data [@var{opcode1} [, @dots{}]]}
4804@cindex @code{cfi_fde_data} directive
4805@code{cfi_fde_data} is used to describe the compact unwind opcodes to be
4806used for the current function. These are emitted inline in the
4807@code{.eh_frame_entry} section if small enough and there is no LSDA, or
4808in the @code{.gnu.extab} section otherwise.
4809Only valid when generating compact EH frames (i.e.
4810with @code{.cfi_sections eh_frame_entry}.
4811
d3b47e2b 4812@subsection @code{.cfi_lsda @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
9b8ae42e
JJ
4813@code{.cfi_lsda} defines LSDA and its encoding.
4814@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the LSDA
2f0c68f2
CM
4815should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), the second
4816argument is not present, otherwise the second argument should be a constant
9b8ae42e 4817or a symbol name. The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_lsda 0xff},
2f0c68f2
CM
4818meaning that no LSDA is present.
4819
4820@subsection @code{.cfi_inline_lsda} [@var{align}]
4821@code{.cfi_inline_lsda} marks the start of a LSDA data section and
4822switches to the corresponding @code{.gnu.extab} section.
4823Must be preceded by a CFI block containing a @code{.cfi_lsda} directive.
4824Only valid when generating compact EH frames (i.e.
4825with @code{.cfi_sections eh_frame_entry}.
4826
4827The table header and unwinding opcodes will be generated at this point,
4828so that they are immediately followed by the LSDA data. The symbol
4829referenced by the @code{.cfi_lsda} directive should still be defined
4830in case a fallback FDE based encoding is used. The LSDA data is terminated
4831by a section directive.
4832
4833The optional @var{align} argument specifies the alignment required.
4834The alignment is specified as a power of two, as with the
4835@code{.p2align} directive.
9b8ae42e 4836
d3b47e2b 4837@subsection @code{.cfi_def_cfa @var{register}, @var{offset}}
01642c12 4838@code{.cfi_def_cfa} defines a rule for computing CFA as: @i{take
54cfded0
AM
4839address from @var{register} and add @var{offset} to it}.
4840
d3b47e2b 4841@subsection @code{.cfi_def_cfa_register @var{register}}
54cfded0
AM
4842@code{.cfi_def_cfa_register} modifies a rule for computing CFA. From
4843now on @var{register} will be used instead of the old one. Offset
4844remains the same.
4845
d3b47e2b 4846@subsection @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
54cfded0
AM
4847@code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} modifies a rule for computing CFA. Register
4848remains the same, but @var{offset} is new. Note that it is the
4849absolute offset that will be added to a defined register to compute
4850CFA address.
4851
d3b47e2b 4852@subsection @code{.cfi_adjust_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
54cfded0
AM
4853Same as @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} but @var{offset} is a relative
4854value that is added/substracted from the previous offset.
4855
d3b47e2b 4856@subsection @code{.cfi_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
54cfded0 4857Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
01642c12 4858CFA.
54cfded0 4859
084303b8
AK
4860@subsection @code{.cfi_val_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
4861Previous value of @var{register} is CFA + @var{offset}.
4862
d3b47e2b 4863@subsection @code{.cfi_rel_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
17076204
RH
4864Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
4865the current CFA register. This is transformed to @code{.cfi_offset}
4866using the known displacement of the CFA register from the CFA.
4867This is often easier to use, because the number will match the
4868code it's annotating.
54cfded0 4869
d3b47e2b 4870@subsection @code{.cfi_register @var{register1}, @var{register2}}
4b7d318b
L
4871Previous value of @var{register1} is saved in register @var{register2}.
4872
d3b47e2b 4873@subsection @code{.cfi_restore @var{register}}
01642c12
RM
4874@code{.cfi_restore} says that the rule for @var{register} is now the
4875same as it was at the beginning of the function, after all initial
4b7d318b
L
4876instruction added by @code{.cfi_startproc} were executed.
4877
d3b47e2b 4878@subsection @code{.cfi_undefined @var{register}}
4b7d318b
L
4879From now on the previous value of @var{register} can't be restored anymore.
4880
d3b47e2b 4881@subsection @code{.cfi_same_value @var{register}}
01642c12 4882Current value of @var{register} is the same like in the previous frame,
4b7d318b
L
4883i.e. no restoration needed.
4884
48eac74c
MG
4885@subsection @code{.cfi_remember_state} and @code{.cfi_restore_state}
4886@code{.cfi_remember_state} pushes the set of rules for every register onto an
4887implicit stack, while @code{.cfi_restore_state} pops them off the stack and
4888places them in the current row. This is useful for situations where you have
4889multiple @code{.cfi_*} directives that need to be undone due to the control
4890flow of the program. For example, we could have something like this (assuming
4891the CFA is the value of @code{rbp}):
4892
4893@smallexample
4894 je label
4895 popq %rbx
4896 .cfi_restore %rbx
4897 popq %r12
4898 .cfi_restore %r12
4899 popq %rbp
4900 .cfi_restore %rbp
4901 .cfi_def_cfa %rsp, 8
4902 ret
4903label:
4904 /* Do something else */
4905@end smallexample
4906
4907Here, we want the @code{.cfi} directives to affect only the rows corresponding
4908to the instructions before @code{label}. This means we'd have to add multiple
4909@code{.cfi} directives after @code{label} to recreate the original save
4910locations of the registers, as well as setting the CFA back to the value of
4911@code{rbp}. This would be clumsy, and result in a larger binary size. Instead,
4912we can write:
4913
4914@smallexample
4915 je label
4916 popq %rbx
4917 .cfi_remember_state
4918 .cfi_restore %rbx
4919 popq %r12
4920 .cfi_restore %r12
4921 popq %rbp
4922 .cfi_restore %rbp
4923 .cfi_def_cfa %rsp, 8
4924 ret
4925label:
4926 .cfi_restore_state
4927 /* Do something else */
4928@end smallexample
4929
4930That way, the rules for the instructions after @code{label} will be the same
4931as before the first @code{.cfi_restore} without having to use multiple
4932@code{.cfi} directives.
4b7d318b 4933
d3b47e2b 4934@subsection @code{.cfi_return_column @var{register}}
01642c12 4935Change return column @var{register}, i.e. the return address is either
4b7d318b
L
4936directly in @var{register} or can be accessed by rules for @var{register}.
4937
d3b47e2b 4938@subsection @code{.cfi_signal_frame}
63752a75
JJ
4939Mark current function as signal trampoline.
4940
d3b47e2b 4941@subsection @code{.cfi_window_save}
364b6d8b
JJ
4942SPARC register window has been saved.
4943
d3b47e2b 4944@subsection @code{.cfi_escape} @var{expression}[, @dots{}]
cdfbf930
RH
4945Allows the user to add arbitrary bytes to the unwind info. One
4946might use this to add OS-specific CFI opcodes, or generic CFI
4947opcodes that GAS does not yet support.
252b5132 4948
d3b47e2b 4949@subsection @code{.cfi_val_encoded_addr @var{register}, @var{encoding}, @var{label}}
f1c4cc75
RH
4950The current value of @var{register} is @var{label}. The value of @var{label}
4951will be encoded in the output file according to @var{encoding}; see the
4952description of @code{.cfi_personality} for details on this encoding.
4953
4954The usefulness of equating a register to a fixed label is probably
4955limited to the return address register. Here, it can be useful to
4956mark a code segment that has only one return address which is reached
4957by a direct branch and no copy of the return address exists in memory
4958or another register.
4959
ccf8a69b
BW
4960@node Comm
4961@section @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
bd0eb99b 4962
ccf8a69b
BW
4963@cindex @code{comm} directive
4964@cindex symbol, common
4965@code{.comm} declares a common symbol named @var{symbol}. When linking, a
4966common symbol in one object file may be merged with a defined or common symbol
4967of the same name in another object file. If @code{@value{LD}} does not see a
4968definition for the symbol--just one or more common symbols--then it will
4969allocate @var{length} bytes of uninitialized memory. @var{length} must be an
4970absolute expression. If @code{@value{LD}} sees multiple common symbols with
4971the same name, and they do not all have the same size, it will allocate space
4972using the largest size.
07a53e5c 4973
c1711530
DK
4974@ifset COFF-ELF
4975When using ELF or (as a GNU extension) PE, the @code{.comm} directive takes
01642c12 4976an optional third argument. This is the desired alignment of the symbol,
c1711530
DK
4977specified for ELF as a byte boundary (for example, an alignment of 16 means
4978that the least significant 4 bits of the address should be zero), and for PE
4979as a power of two (for example, an alignment of 5 means aligned to a 32-byte
01642c12 4980boundary). The alignment must be an absolute expression, and it must be a
c1711530 4981power of two. If @code{@value{LD}} allocates uninitialized memory for the
01642c12 4982common symbol, it will use the alignment when placing the symbol. If no
c1711530 4983alignment is specified, @command{@value{AS}} will set the alignment to the
ccf8a69b 4984largest power of two less than or equal to the size of the symbol, up to a
c1711530
DK
4985maximum of 16 on ELF, or the default section alignment of 4 on PE@footnote{This
4986is not the same as the executable image file alignment controlled by @code{@value{LD}}'s
4987@samp{--section-alignment} option; image file sections in PE are aligned to
4988multiples of 4096, which is far too large an alignment for ordinary variables.
4989It is rather the default alignment for (non-debug) sections within object
4990(@samp{*.o}) files, which are less strictly aligned.}.
ccf8a69b 4991@end ifset
cd1fcb49 4992
ccf8a69b
BW
4993@ifset HPPA
4994The syntax for @code{.comm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
4995@samp{@var{symbol} .comm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
4996@end ifset
07a53e5c 4997
252b5132
RH
4998@node Data
4999@section @code{.data @var{subsection}}
5000
5001@cindex @code{data} directive
a4fb0134 5002@code{.data} tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the
252b5132
RH
5003end of the data subsection numbered @var{subsection} (which is an
5004absolute expression). If @var{subsection} is omitted, it defaults
5005to zero.
5006
5007@ifset COFF
5008@node Def
5009@section @code{.def @var{name}}
5010
5011@cindex @code{def} directive
5012@cindex COFF symbols, debugging
5013@cindex debugging COFF symbols
5014Begin defining debugging information for a symbol @var{name}; the
5015definition extends until the @code{.endef} directive is encountered.
5016@ifset BOUT
5017
a4fb0134 5018This directive is only observed when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF
252b5132
RH
5019format output; when producing @code{b.out}, @samp{.def} is recognized,
5020but ignored.
5021@end ifset
5022@end ifset
5023
5024@ifset aout-bout
5025@node Desc
5026@section @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
5027
5028@cindex @code{desc} directive
5029@cindex COFF symbol descriptor
5030@cindex symbol descriptor, COFF
5031This directive sets the descriptor of the symbol (@pxref{Symbol Attributes})
5032to the low 16 bits of an absolute expression.
5033
5034@ifset COFF
a4fb0134 5035The @samp{.desc} directive is not available when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132 5036configured for COFF output; it is only for @code{a.out} or @code{b.out}
a4fb0134 5037object format. For the sake of compatibility, @command{@value{AS}} accepts
252b5132
RH
5038it, but produces no output, when configured for COFF.
5039@end ifset
5040@end ifset
5041
5042@ifset COFF
5043@node Dim
5044@section @code{.dim}
5045
5046@cindex @code{dim} directive
5047@cindex COFF auxiliary symbol information
5048@cindex auxiliary symbol information, COFF
5049This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
5050information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
5051@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs.
5052@ifset BOUT
5053
5054@samp{.dim} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 5055@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
5056ignores it.
5057@end ifset
5058@end ifset
5059
5060@node Double
5061@section @code{.double @var{flonums}}
5062
5063@cindex @code{double} directive
5064@cindex floating point numbers (double)
5065@code{.double} expects zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
5066assembles floating point numbers.
5067@ifset GENERIC
5068The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 5069@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
5070@end ifset
5071@ifclear GENERIC
5072@ifset IEEEFLOAT
5073On the @value{TARGET} family @samp{.double} emits 64-bit floating-point numbers
5074in @sc{ieee} format.
5075@end ifset
5076@end ifclear
5077
5078@node Eject
5079@section @code{.eject}
5080
5081@cindex @code{eject} directive
5082@cindex new page, in listings
5083@cindex page, in listings
5084@cindex listing control: new page
5085Force a page break at this point, when generating assembly listings.
5086
5087@node Else
5088@section @code{.else}
5089
5090@cindex @code{else} directive
a4fb0134 5091@code{.else} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 5092assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It marks the beginning of a section
252b5132
RH
5093of code to be assembled if the condition for the preceding @code{.if}
5094was false.
5095
3fd9f047
TW
5096@node Elseif
5097@section @code{.elseif}
5098
5099@cindex @code{elseif} directive
a4fb0134 5100@code{.elseif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 5101assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It is shorthand for beginning a new
3fd9f047
TW
5102@code{.if} block that would otherwise fill the entire @code{.else} section.
5103
252b5132
RH
5104@node End
5105@section @code{.end}
5106
5107@cindex @code{end} directive
a4fb0134 5108@code{.end} marks the end of the assembly file. @command{@value{AS}} does not
252b5132
RH
5109process anything in the file past the @code{.end} directive.
5110
5111@ifset COFF
5112@node Endef
5113@section @code{.endef}
5114
5115@cindex @code{endef} directive
5116This directive flags the end of a symbol definition begun with
5117@code{.def}.
5118@ifset BOUT
5119
5120@samp{.endef} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; if
a4fb0134 5121@command{@value{AS}} is configured to generate @code{b.out}, it accepts this
252b5132
RH
5122directive but ignores it.
5123@end ifset
5124@end ifset
5125
5126@node Endfunc
5127@section @code{.endfunc}
5128@cindex @code{endfunc} directive
5129@code{.endfunc} marks the end of a function specified with @code{.func}.
5130
5131@node Endif
5132@section @code{.endif}
5133
5134@cindex @code{endif} directive
a4fb0134 5135@code{.endif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional assembly;
252b5132
RH
5136it marks the end of a block of code that is only assembled
5137conditionally. @xref{If,,@code{.if}}.
5138
5139@node Equ
5140@section @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5141
5142@cindex @code{equ} directive
5143@cindex assigning values to symbols
5144@cindex symbols, assigning values to
5145This directive sets the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}.
96e9638b 5146It is synonymous with @samp{.set}; see @ref{Set,,@code{.set}}.
252b5132
RH
5147
5148@ifset HPPA
01642c12 5149The syntax for @code{equ} on the HPPA is
252b5132
RH
5150@samp{@var{symbol} .equ @var{expression}}.
5151@end ifset
5152
3c9b82ba 5153@ifset Z80
01642c12
RM
5154The syntax for @code{equ} on the Z80 is
5155@samp{@var{symbol} equ @var{expression}}.
3c9b82ba 5156On the Z80 it is an eror if @var{symbol} is already defined,
01642c12 5157but the symbol is not protected from later redefinition.
96e9638b 5158Compare @ref{Equiv}.
3c9b82ba
NC
5159@end ifset
5160
252b5132
RH
5161@node Equiv
5162@section @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5163@cindex @code{equiv} directive
5164The @code{.equiv} directive is like @code{.equ} and @code{.set}, except that
8dfa0188
NC
5165the assembler will signal an error if @var{symbol} is already defined. Note a
5166symbol which has been referenced but not actually defined is considered to be
5167undefined.
252b5132 5168
01642c12 5169Except for the contents of the error message, this is roughly equivalent to
252b5132
RH
5170@smallexample
5171.ifdef SYM
5172.err
5173.endif
5174.equ SYM,VAL
5175@end smallexample
9497f5ac
NC
5176plus it protects the symbol from later redefinition.
5177
5178@node Eqv
5179@section @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5180@cindex @code{eqv} directive
5181The @code{.eqv} directive is like @code{.equiv}, but no attempt is made to
5182evaluate the expression or any part of it immediately. Instead each time
5183the resulting symbol is used in an expression, a snapshot of its current
5184value is taken.
252b5132
RH
5185
5186@node Err
5187@section @code{.err}
5188@cindex @code{err} directive
a4fb0134
SC
5189If @command{@value{AS}} assembles a @code{.err} directive, it will print an error
5190message and, unless the @option{-Z} option was used, it will not generate an
f9eb6721 5191object file. This can be used to signal an error in conditionally compiled code.
252b5132 5192
d190d046
HPN
5193@node Error
5194@section @code{.error "@var{string}"}
5195@cindex error directive
5196
5197Similarly to @code{.err}, this directive emits an error, but you can specify a
5198string that will be emitted as the error message. If you don't specify the
5199message, it defaults to @code{".error directive invoked in source file"}.
5200@xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
5201
5202@smallexample
5203 .error "This code has not been assembled and tested."
5204@end smallexample
5205
252b5132
RH
5206@node Exitm
5207@section @code{.exitm}
5208Exit early from the current macro definition. @xref{Macro}.
5209
5210@node Extern
5211@section @code{.extern}
5212
5213@cindex @code{extern} directive
5214@code{.extern} is accepted in the source program---for compatibility
a4fb0134 5215with other assemblers---but it is ignored. @command{@value{AS}} treats
252b5132
RH
5216all undefined symbols as external.
5217
5218@node Fail
5219@section @code{.fail @var{expression}}
5220
5221@cindex @code{fail} directive
5222Generates an error or a warning. If the value of the @var{expression} is 500
a4fb0134
SC
5223or more, @command{@value{AS}} will print a warning message. If the value is less
5224than 500, @command{@value{AS}} will print an error message. The message will
252b5132
RH
5225include the value of @var{expression}. This can occasionally be useful inside
5226complex nested macros or conditional assembly.
5227
252b5132 5228@node File
14082c76 5229@section @code{.file}
252b5132 5230@cindex @code{file} directive
14082c76
BW
5231
5232@ifclear no-file-dir
5233There are two different versions of the @code{.file} directive. Targets
5234that support DWARF2 line number information use the DWARF2 version of
5235@code{.file}. Other targets use the default version.
5236
5237@subheading Default Version
5238
252b5132
RH
5239@cindex logical file name
5240@cindex file name, logical
14082c76
BW
5241This version of the @code{.file} directive tells @command{@value{AS}} that we
5242are about to start a new logical file. The syntax is:
5243
5244@smallexample
5245.file @var{string}
5246@end smallexample
5247
5248@var{string} is the new file name. In general, the filename is
252b5132
RH
5249recognized whether or not it is surrounded by quotes @samp{"}; but if you wish
5250to specify an empty file name, you must give the quotes--@code{""}. This
5251statement may go away in future: it is only recognized to be compatible with
a4fb0134 5252old @command{@value{AS}} programs.
14082c76
BW
5253
5254@subheading DWARF2 Version
252b5132
RH
5255@end ifclear
5256
14082c76
BW
5257When emitting DWARF2 line number information, @code{.file} assigns filenames
5258to the @code{.debug_line} file name table. The syntax is:
5259
5260@smallexample
5261.file @var{fileno} @var{filename}
5262@end smallexample
5263
5264The @var{fileno} operand should be a unique positive integer to use as the
5265index of the entry in the table. The @var{filename} operand is a C string
5266literal.
5267
5268The detail of filename indices is exposed to the user because the filename
5269table is shared with the @code{.debug_info} section of the DWARF2 debugging
5270information, and thus the user must know the exact indices that table
5271entries will have.
5272
252b5132
RH
5273@node Fill
5274@section @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
5275
5276@cindex @code{fill} directive
5277@cindex writing patterns in memory
5278@cindex patterns, writing in memory
bc64be0c 5279@var{repeat}, @var{size} and @var{value} are absolute expressions.
252b5132
RH
5280This emits @var{repeat} copies of @var{size} bytes. @var{Repeat}
5281may be zero or more. @var{Size} may be zero or more, but if it is
5282more than 8, then it is deemed to have the value 8, compatible with
5283other people's assemblers. The contents of each @var{repeat} bytes
5284is taken from an 8-byte number. The highest order 4 bytes are
5285zero. The lowest order 4 bytes are @var{value} rendered in the
a4fb0134 5286byte-order of an integer on the computer @command{@value{AS}} is assembling for.
252b5132
RH
5287Each @var{size} bytes in a repetition is taken from the lowest order
5288@var{size} bytes of this number. Again, this bizarre behavior is
5289compatible with other people's assemblers.
5290
5291@var{size} and @var{value} are optional.
5292If the second comma and @var{value} are absent, @var{value} is
5293assumed zero. If the first comma and following tokens are absent,
5294@var{size} is assumed to be 1.
5295
5296@node Float
5297@section @code{.float @var{flonums}}
5298
5299@cindex floating point numbers (single)
5300@cindex @code{float} directive
5301This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
5302has the same effect as @code{.single}.
5303@ifset GENERIC
5304The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 5305@command{@value{AS}} is configured.
252b5132
RH
5306@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
5307@end ifset
5308@ifclear GENERIC
5309@ifset IEEEFLOAT
5310On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.float} emits 32-bit floating point numbers
5311in @sc{ieee} format.
5312@end ifset
5313@end ifclear
5314
5315@node Func
5316@section @code{.func @var{name}[,@var{label}]}
5317@cindex @code{func} directive
5318@code{.func} emits debugging information to denote function @var{name}, and
5319is ignored unless the file is assembled with debugging enabled.
05da4302 5320Only @samp{--gstabs[+]} is currently supported.
252b5132
RH
5321@var{label} is the entry point of the function and if omitted @var{name}
5322prepended with the @samp{leading char} is used.
5323@samp{leading char} is usually @code{_} or nothing, depending on the target.
5324All functions are currently defined to have @code{void} return type.
5325The function must be terminated with @code{.endfunc}.
5326
5327@node Global
5328@section @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
5329
5330@cindex @code{global} directive
5331@cindex symbol, making visible to linker
5332@code{.global} makes the symbol visible to @code{@value{LD}}. If you define
5333@var{symbol} in your partial program, its value is made available to
5334other partial programs that are linked with it. Otherwise,
5335@var{symbol} takes its attributes from a symbol of the same name
5336from another file linked into the same program.
5337
5338Both spellings (@samp{.globl} and @samp{.global}) are accepted, for
5339compatibility with other assemblers.
5340
5341@ifset HPPA
5342On the HPPA, @code{.global} is not always enough to make it accessible to other
5343partial programs. You may need the HPPA-only @code{.EXPORT} directive as well.
96e9638b 5344@xref{HPPA Directives, ,HPPA Assembler Directives}.
252b5132
RH
5345@end ifset
5346
c91d2e08 5347@ifset ELF
3a99f02f
DJ
5348@node Gnu_attribute
5349@section @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
5350Record a @sc{gnu} object attribute for this file. @xref{Object Attributes}.
5351
c91d2e08
NC
5352@node Hidden
5353@section @code{.hidden @var{names}}
5354
c1253627
NC
5355@cindex @code{hidden} directive
5356@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5357This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
01642c12 5358@code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal,,@code{.internal}}) and
a349d9dd 5359@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
5360
5361This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5362their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5363@code{hidden} which means that the symbols are not visible to other components.
01642c12 5364Such symbols are always considered to be @code{protected} as well.
c91d2e08
NC
5365@end ifset
5366
252b5132
RH
5367@node hword
5368@section @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
5369
5370@cindex @code{hword} directive
5371@cindex integers, 16-bit
5372@cindex numbers, 16-bit
5373@cindex sixteen bit integers
5374This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
5375a 16 bit number for each.
5376
5377@ifset GENERIC
5378This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}; depending on the target
5379architecture, it may also be a synonym for @samp{.word}.
5380@end ifset
5381@ifclear GENERIC
5382@ifset W32
5383This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}.
5384@end ifset
5385@ifset W16
5386This directive is a synonym for both @samp{.short} and @samp{.word}.
5387@end ifset
5388@end ifclear
5389
5390@node Ident
5391@section @code{.ident}
5392
5393@cindex @code{ident} directive
cb4c78d6
BE
5394
5395This directive is used by some assemblers to place tags in object files. The
5396behavior of this directive varies depending on the target. When using the
5397a.out object file format, @command{@value{AS}} simply accepts the directive for
5398source-file compatibility with existing assemblers, but does not emit anything
5399for it. When using COFF, comments are emitted to the @code{.comment} or
5400@code{.rdata} section, depending on the target. When using ELF, comments are
5401emitted to the @code{.comment} section.
252b5132
RH
5402
5403@node If
5404@section @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
5405
5406@cindex conditional assembly
5407@cindex @code{if} directive
5408@code{.if} marks the beginning of a section of code which is only
5409considered part of the source program being assembled if the argument
5410(which must be an @var{absolute expression}) is non-zero. The end of
5411the conditional section of code must be marked by @code{.endif}
5412(@pxref{Endif,,@code{.endif}}); optionally, you may include code for the
5413alternative condition, flagged by @code{.else} (@pxref{Else,,@code{.else}}).
3fd9f047
TW
5414If you have several conditions to check, @code{.elseif} may be used to avoid
5415nesting blocks if/else within each subsequent @code{.else} block.
252b5132
RH
5416
5417The following variants of @code{.if} are also supported:
5418@table @code
5419@cindex @code{ifdef} directive
5420@item .ifdef @var{symbol}
5421Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
5422has been defined. Note a symbol which has been referenced but not yet defined
5423is considered to be undefined.
252b5132 5424
26aca5f6
JB
5425@cindex @code{ifb} directive
5426@item .ifb @var{text}
5427Assembles the following section of code if the operand is blank (empty).
5428
252b5132
RH
5429@cindex @code{ifc} directive
5430@item .ifc @var{string1},@var{string2}
5431Assembles the following section of code if the two strings are the same. The
5432strings may be optionally quoted with single quotes. If they are not quoted,
5433the first string stops at the first comma, and the second string stops at the
5434end of the line. Strings which contain whitespace should be quoted. The
5435string comparison is case sensitive.
5436
5437@cindex @code{ifeq} directive
5438@item .ifeq @var{absolute expression}
5439Assembles the following section of code if the argument is zero.
5440
5441@cindex @code{ifeqs} directive
5442@item .ifeqs @var{string1},@var{string2}
5443Another form of @code{.ifc}. The strings must be quoted using double quotes.
5444
5445@cindex @code{ifge} directive
5446@item .ifge @var{absolute expression}
5447Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than or
5448equal to zero.
5449
5450@cindex @code{ifgt} directive
5451@item .ifgt @var{absolute expression}
5452Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than zero.
5453
5454@cindex @code{ifle} directive
5455@item .ifle @var{absolute expression}
5456Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than or equal
5457to zero.
5458
5459@cindex @code{iflt} directive
5460@item .iflt @var{absolute expression}
5461Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than zero.
5462
26aca5f6
JB
5463@cindex @code{ifnb} directive
5464@item .ifnb @var{text}
5465Like @code{.ifb}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5466following section of code if the operand is non-blank (non-empty).
5467
252b5132
RH
5468@cindex @code{ifnc} directive
5469@item .ifnc @var{string1},@var{string2}.
5470Like @code{.ifc}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5471following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
5472
5473@cindex @code{ifndef} directive
5474@cindex @code{ifnotdef} directive
5475@item .ifndef @var{symbol}
5476@itemx .ifnotdef @var{symbol}
5477Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
5478has not been defined. Both spelling variants are equivalent. Note a symbol
5479which has been referenced but not yet defined is considered to be undefined.
252b5132
RH
5480
5481@cindex @code{ifne} directive
5482@item .ifne @var{absolute expression}
5483Assembles the following section of code if the argument is not equal to zero
5484(in other words, this is equivalent to @code{.if}).
5485
5486@cindex @code{ifnes} directive
5487@item .ifnes @var{string1},@var{string2}
5488Like @code{.ifeqs}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5489following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
5490@end table
5491
7e005732
NC
5492@node Incbin
5493@section @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
5494
5495@cindex @code{incbin} directive
5496@cindex binary files, including
5497The @code{incbin} directive includes @var{file} verbatim at the current
5498location. You can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line
5499option (@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
5500around @var{file}.
5501
5502The @var{skip} argument skips a number of bytes from the start of the
5503@var{file}. The @var{count} argument indicates the maximum number of bytes to
15dcfbc3
NC
5504read. Note that the data is not aligned in any way, so it is the user's
5505responsibility to make sure that proper alignment is provided both before and
5506after the @code{incbin} directive.
7e005732 5507
252b5132
RH
5508@node Include
5509@section @code{.include "@var{file}"}
5510
5511@cindex @code{include} directive
5512@cindex supporting files, including
5513@cindex files, including
5514This directive provides a way to include supporting files at specified
5515points in your source program. The code from @var{file} is assembled as
5516if it followed the point of the @code{.include}; when the end of the
5517included file is reached, assembly of the original file continues. You
5518can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line option
5519(@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
5520around @var{file}.
5521
5522@node Int
5523@section @code{.int @var{expressions}}
5524
5525@cindex @code{int} directive
5526@cindex integers, 32-bit
5527Expect zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section, separated by commas.
5528For each expression, emit a number that, at run time, is the value of that
5529expression. The byte order and bit size of the number depends on what kind
5530of target the assembly is for.
5531
5532@ifclear GENERIC
5533@ifset H8
7be1c489 5534On most forms of the H8/300, @code{.int} emits 16-bit
c2dcd04e 5535integers. On the H8/300H and the Renesas SH, however, @code{.int} emits
252b5132
RH
553632-bit integers.
5537@end ifset
5538@end ifclear
5539
c91d2e08
NC
5540@ifset ELF
5541@node Internal
5542@section @code{.internal @var{names}}
5543
c1253627
NC
5544@cindex @code{internal} directive
5545@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5546This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
01642c12 5547@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden,,@code{.hidden}}) and
a349d9dd 5548@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
5549
5550This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5551their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5552@code{internal} which means that the symbols are considered to be @code{hidden}
c1253627 5553(i.e., not visible to other components), and that some extra, processor specific
c91d2e08
NC
5554processing must also be performed upon the symbols as well.
5555@end ifset
5556
252b5132
RH
5557@node Irp
5558@section @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
5559
5560@cindex @code{irp} directive
5561Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
5562The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irp} directive, and is
5563terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each @var{value}, @var{symbol} is
5564set to @var{value}, and the sequence of statements is assembled. If no
5565@var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is assembled once, with
5566@var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to @var{symbol} within the
5567sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
5568
5569For example, assembling
5570
5571@example
5572 .irp param,1,2,3
5573 move d\param,sp@@-
5574 .endr
5575@end example
5576
5577is equivalent to assembling
5578
5579@example
5580 move d1,sp@@-
5581 move d2,sp@@-
5582 move d3,sp@@-
5583@end example
5584
96e9638b 5585For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also @ref{Macro}.
5e75c3ab 5586
252b5132
RH
5587@node Irpc
5588@section @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
5589
5590@cindex @code{irpc} directive
5591Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
5592The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irpc} directive, and is
5593terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each character in @var{value},
5594@var{symbol} is set to the character, and the sequence of statements is
5595assembled. If no @var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is
5596assembled once, with @var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to
5597@var{symbol} within the sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
5598
5599For example, assembling
5600
5601@example
5602 .irpc param,123
5603 move d\param,sp@@-
5604 .endr
5605@end example
5606
5607is equivalent to assembling
5608
5609@example
5610 move d1,sp@@-
5611 move d2,sp@@-
5612 move d3,sp@@-
5613@end example
5614
5e75c3ab
JB
5615For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also the discussion
5616at @xref{Macro}.
5617
252b5132
RH
5618@node Lcomm
5619@section @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
5620
5621@cindex @code{lcomm} directive
5622@cindex local common symbols
5623@cindex symbols, local common
5624Reserve @var{length} (an absolute expression) bytes for a local common
5625denoted by @var{symbol}. The section and value of @var{symbol} are
5626those of the new local common. The addresses are allocated in the bss
5627section, so that at run-time the bytes start off zeroed. @var{Symbol}
5628is not declared global (@pxref{Global,,@code{.global}}), so is normally
5629not visible to @code{@value{LD}}.
5630
5631@ifset GENERIC
5632Some targets permit a third argument to be used with @code{.lcomm}. This
5633argument specifies the desired alignment of the symbol in the bss section.
5634@end ifset
5635
5636@ifset HPPA
5637The syntax for @code{.lcomm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
5638@samp{@var{symbol} .lcomm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
5639@end ifset
5640
5641@node Lflags
5642@section @code{.lflags}
5643
5644@cindex @code{lflags} directive (ignored)
a4fb0134 5645@command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive, for compatibility with other
252b5132
RH
5646assemblers, but ignores it.
5647
5648@ifclear no-line-dir
5649@node Line
5650@section @code{.line @var{line-number}}
5651
5652@cindex @code{line} directive
252b5132
RH
5653@cindex logical line number
5654@ifset aout-bout
5655Change the logical line number. @var{line-number} must be an absolute
5656expression. The next line has that logical line number. Therefore any other
5657statements on the current line (after a statement separator character) are
5658reported as on logical line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1. One day
a4fb0134 5659@command{@value{AS}} will no longer support this directive: it is recognized only
252b5132 5660for compatibility with existing assembler programs.
252b5132
RH
5661@end ifset
5662
252b5132 5663Even though this is a directive associated with the @code{a.out} or
a4fb0134 5664@code{b.out} object-code formats, @command{@value{AS}} still recognizes it
252b5132
RH
5665when producing COFF output, and treats @samp{.line} as though it
5666were the COFF @samp{.ln} @emph{if} it is found outside a
5667@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair.
5668
5669Inside a @code{.def}, @samp{.line} is, instead, one of the directives
5670used by compilers to generate auxiliary symbol information for
5671debugging.
5672@end ifclear
5673
5674@node Linkonce
5675@section @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
5676@cindex COMDAT
5677@cindex @code{linkonce} directive
5678@cindex common sections
5679Mark the current section so that the linker only includes a single copy of it.
5680This may be used to include the same section in several different object files,
5681but ensure that the linker will only include it once in the final output file.
5682The @code{.linkonce} pseudo-op must be used for each instance of the section.
5683Duplicate sections are detected based on the section name, so it should be
5684unique.
5685
5686This directive is only supported by a few object file formats; as of this
5687writing, the only object file format which supports it is the Portable
5688Executable format used on Windows NT.
5689
5690The @var{type} argument is optional. If specified, it must be one of the
5691following strings. For example:
5692@smallexample
5693.linkonce same_size
5694@end smallexample
5695Not all types may be supported on all object file formats.
5696
5697@table @code
5698@item discard
5699Silently discard duplicate sections. This is the default.
5700
5701@item one_only
5702Warn if there are duplicate sections, but still keep only one copy.
5703
5704@item same_size
5705Warn if any of the duplicates have different sizes.
5706
5707@item same_contents
5708Warn if any of the duplicates do not have exactly the same contents.
5709@end table
5710
ccf8a69b
BW
5711@node List
5712@section @code{.list}
5713
5714@cindex @code{list} directive
5715@cindex listing control, turning on
5716Control (in conjunction with the @code{.nolist} directive) whether or
5717not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
5718internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
5719counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
5720generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
5721
5722By default, listings are disabled. When you enable them (with the
5723@samp{-a} command line option; @pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}),
5724the initial value of the listing counter is one.
5725
252b5132
RH
5726@node Ln
5727@section @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
5728
5729@cindex @code{ln} directive
5730@ifclear no-line-dir
5731@samp{.ln} is a synonym for @samp{.line}.
5732@end ifclear
5733@ifset no-line-dir
a4fb0134 5734Tell @command{@value{AS}} to change the logical line number. @var{line-number}
252b5132
RH
5735must be an absolute expression. The next line has that logical
5736line number, so any other statements on the current line (after a
5737statement separator character @code{;}) are reported as on logical
5738line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1.
5739@ifset BOUT
5740
a4fb0134 5741This directive is accepted, but ignored, when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132
RH
5742configured for @code{b.out}; its effect is only associated with COFF
5743output format.
5744@end ifset
5745@end ifset
5746
ccf8a69b
BW
5747@node Loc
5748@section @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno} [@var{column}] [@var{options}]}
5749@cindex @code{loc} directive
5750When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5751the @code{.loc} directive will add a row to the @code{.debug_line} line
5752number matrix corresponding to the immediately following assembly
5753instruction. The @var{fileno}, @var{lineno}, and optional @var{column}
5754arguments will be applied to the @code{.debug_line} state machine before
5755the row is added.
252b5132 5756
ccf8a69b
BW
5757The @var{options} are a sequence of the following tokens in any order:
5758
5759@table @code
5760@item basic_block
5761This option will set the @code{basic_block} register in the
5762@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5763
5764@item prologue_end
5765This option will set the @code{prologue_end} register in the
5766@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5767
5768@item epilogue_begin
5769This option will set the @code{epilogue_begin} register in the
5770@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5771
5772@item is_stmt @var{value}
5773This option will set the @code{is_stmt} register in the
01642c12 5774@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{value}, which must be
ccf8a69b
BW
5775either 0 or 1.
5776
5777@item isa @var{value}
5778This directive will set the @code{isa} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5779state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5780
92846e72
CC
5781@item discriminator @var{value}
5782This directive will set the @code{discriminator} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5783state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5784
ccf8a69b
BW
5785@end table
5786
5787@node Loc_mark_labels
5788@section @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
5789@cindex @code{loc_mark_labels} directive
5790When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5791the @code{.loc_mark_labels} directive makes the assembler emit an entry
5792to the @code{.debug_line} line number matrix with the @code{basic_block}
5793register in the state machine set whenever a code label is seen.
5794The @var{enable} argument should be either 1 or 0, to enable or disable
5795this function respectively.
252b5132 5796
4d4175af
BW
5797@ifset ELF
5798@node Local
5799@section @code{.local @var{names}}
5800
5801@cindex @code{local} directive
5802This directive, which is available for ELF targets, marks each symbol in
5803the comma-separated list of @code{names} as a local symbol so that it
5804will not be externally visible. If the symbols do not already exist,
5805they will be created.
5806
5807For targets where the @code{.lcomm} directive (@pxref{Lcomm}) does not
5808accept an alignment argument, which is the case for most ELF targets,
5809the @code{.local} directive can be used in combination with @code{.comm}
5810(@pxref{Comm}) to define aligned local common data.
5811@end ifset
5812
252b5132
RH
5813@node Long
5814@section @code{.long @var{expressions}}
5815
5816@cindex @code{long} directive
96e9638b 5817@code{.long} is the same as @samp{.int}. @xref{Int,,@code{.int}}.
252b5132
RH
5818
5819@ignore
5820@c no one seems to know what this is for or whether this description is
5821@c what it really ought to do
5822@node Lsym
5823@section @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5824
5825@cindex @code{lsym} directive
5826@cindex symbol, not referenced in assembly
5827@code{.lsym} creates a new symbol named @var{symbol}, but does not put it in
5828the hash table, ensuring it cannot be referenced by name during the
5829rest of the assembly. This sets the attributes of the symbol to be
5830the same as the expression value:
5831@smallexample
5832@var{other} = @var{descriptor} = 0
5833@var{type} = @r{(section of @var{expression})}
5834@var{value} = @var{expression}
5835@end smallexample
5836@noindent
5837The new symbol is not flagged as external.
5838@end ignore
5839
5840@node Macro
5841@section @code{.macro}
5842
5843@cindex macros
5844The commands @code{.macro} and @code{.endm} allow you to define macros that
5845generate assembly output. For example, this definition specifies a macro
5846@code{sum} that puts a sequence of numbers into memory:
5847
5848@example
5849 .macro sum from=0, to=5
5850 .long \from
5851 .if \to-\from
5852 sum "(\from+1)",\to
5853 .endif
5854 .endm
5855@end example
5856
5857@noindent
5858With that definition, @samp{SUM 0,5} is equivalent to this assembly input:
5859
5860@example
5861 .long 0
5862 .long 1
5863 .long 2
5864 .long 3
5865 .long 4
5866 .long 5
5867@end example
5868
5869@ftable @code
5870@item .macro @var{macname}
5871@itemx .macro @var{macname} @var{macargs} @dots{}
5872@cindex @code{macro} directive
5873Begin the definition of a macro called @var{macname}. If your macro
5874definition requires arguments, specify their names after the macro name,
6eaeac8a
JB
5875separated by commas or spaces. You can qualify the macro argument to
5876indicate whether all invocations must specify a non-blank value (through
5877@samp{:@code{req}}), or whether it takes all of the remaining arguments
5878(through @samp{:@code{vararg}}). You can supply a default value for any
fffeaa5f
JB
5879macro argument by following the name with @samp{=@var{deflt}}. You
5880cannot define two macros with the same @var{macname} unless it has been
96e9638b 5881subject to the @code{.purgem} directive (@pxref{Purgem}) between the two
fffeaa5f 5882definitions. For example, these are all valid @code{.macro} statements:
252b5132
RH
5883
5884@table @code
5885@item .macro comm
5886Begin the definition of a macro called @code{comm}, which takes no
5887arguments.
5888
6258339f 5889@item .macro plus1 p, p1
252b5132
RH
5890@itemx .macro plus1 p p1
5891Either statement begins the definition of a macro called @code{plus1},
5892which takes two arguments; within the macro definition, write
5893@samp{\p} or @samp{\p1} to evaluate the arguments.
5894
5895@item .macro reserve_str p1=0 p2
5896Begin the definition of a macro called @code{reserve_str}, with two
5897arguments. The first argument has a default value, but not the second.
5898After the definition is complete, you can call the macro either as
5899@samp{reserve_str @var{a},@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating to
5900@var{a} and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}), or as @samp{reserve_str
5901,@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating as the default, in this case
5902@samp{0}, and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}).
252b5132 5903
6eaeac8a
JB
5904@item .macro m p1:req, p2=0, p3:vararg
5905Begin the definition of a macro called @code{m}, with at least three
5906arguments. The first argument must always have a value specified, but
5907not the second, which instead has a default value. The third formal
5908will get assigned all remaining arguments specified at invocation time.
5909
252b5132
RH
5910When you call a macro, you can specify the argument values either by
5911position, or by keyword. For example, @samp{sum 9,17} is equivalent to
5912@samp{sum to=17, from=9}.
5913
6258339f
NC
5914@end table
5915
5e75c3ab
JB
5916Note that since each of the @var{macargs} can be an identifier exactly
5917as any other one permitted by the target architecture, there may be
5918occasional problems if the target hand-crafts special meanings to certain
6258339f 5919characters when they occur in a special position. For example, if the colon
5e75c3ab 5920(@code{:}) is generally permitted to be part of a symbol name, but the
6258339f 5921architecture specific code special-cases it when occurring as the final
5e75c3ab
JB
5922character of a symbol (to denote a label), then the macro parameter
5923replacement code will have no way of knowing that and consider the whole
5924construct (including the colon) an identifier, and check only this
6258339f
NC
5925identifier for being the subject to parameter substitution. So for example
5926this macro definition:
5927
5928@example
5929 .macro label l
5930\l:
5931 .endm
5932@end example
5933
5934might not work as expected. Invoking @samp{label foo} might not create a label
5935called @samp{foo} but instead just insert the text @samp{\l:} into the
5936assembler source, probably generating an error about an unrecognised
5937identifier.
5938
5939Similarly problems might occur with the period character (@samp{.})
5940which is often allowed inside opcode names (and hence identifier names). So
5941for example constructing a macro to build an opcode from a base name and a
5942length specifier like this:
5943
5944@example
5945 .macro opcode base length
5946 \base.\length
5947 .endm
5948@end example
5949
5950and invoking it as @samp{opcode store l} will not create a @samp{store.l}
5951instruction but instead generate some kind of error as the assembler tries to
5952interpret the text @samp{\base.\length}.
5953
5954There are several possible ways around this problem:
5955
5956@table @code
5957@item Insert white space
5958If it is possible to use white space characters then this is the simplest
5959solution. eg:
5960
5961@example
5962 .macro label l
5963\l :
5964 .endm
5965@end example
5966
5967@item Use @samp{\()}
5968The string @samp{\()} can be used to separate the end of a macro argument from
5969the following text. eg:
5970
5971@example
5972 .macro opcode base length
5973 \base\().\length
5974 .endm
5975@end example
5976
5977@item Use the alternate macro syntax mode
5978In the alternative macro syntax mode the ampersand character (@samp{&}) can be
5979used as a separator. eg:
5e75c3ab
JB
5980
5981@example
5982 .altmacro
5983 .macro label l
5984l&:
5985 .endm
5986@end example
6258339f 5987@end table
5e75c3ab 5988
96e9638b 5989Note: this problem of correctly identifying string parameters to pseudo ops
01642c12 5990also applies to the identifiers used in @code{.irp} (@pxref{Irp})
96e9638b 5991and @code{.irpc} (@pxref{Irpc}) as well.
5e75c3ab 5992
252b5132
RH
5993@item .endm
5994@cindex @code{endm} directive
5995Mark the end of a macro definition.
5996
5997@item .exitm
5998@cindex @code{exitm} directive
5999Exit early from the current macro definition.
6000
6001@cindex number of macros executed
6002@cindex macros, count executed
6003@item \@@
a4fb0134 6004@command{@value{AS}} maintains a counter of how many macros it has
252b5132
RH
6005executed in this pseudo-variable; you can copy that number to your
6006output with @samp{\@@}, but @emph{only within a macro definition}.
6007
252b5132
RH
6008@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
6009@emph{Warning: @code{LOCAL} is only available if you select ``alternate
caa32fe5
NC
6010macro syntax'' with @samp{--alternate} or @code{.altmacro}.}
6011@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
6012@end ftable
252b5132 6013
ccf8a69b
BW
6014@node MRI
6015@section @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 6016
ccf8a69b
BW
6017@cindex @code{mri} directive
6018@cindex MRI mode, temporarily
6019If @var{val} is non-zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to enter MRI mode. If
6020@var{val} is zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to exit MRI mode. This change
6021affects code assembled until the next @code{.mri} directive, or until the end
6022of the file. @xref{M, MRI mode, MRI mode}.
252b5132 6023
caa32fe5
NC
6024@node Noaltmacro
6025@section @code{.noaltmacro}
96e9638b 6026Disable alternate macro mode. @xref{Altmacro}.
caa32fe5 6027
252b5132
RH
6028@node Nolist
6029@section @code{.nolist}
6030
6031@cindex @code{nolist} directive
6032@cindex listing control, turning off
6033Control (in conjunction with the @code{.list} directive) whether or
6034not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
6035internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
6036counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
6037generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
6038
6039@node Octa
6040@section @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
6041
6042@c FIXME: double size emitted for "octa" on i960, others? Or warn?
6043@cindex @code{octa} directive
6044@cindex integer, 16-byte
6045@cindex sixteen byte integer
6046This directive expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For each
6047bignum, it emits a 16-byte integer.
6048
6049The term ``octa'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
6050hence @emph{octa}-word for 16 bytes.
6051
9aec2026
NC
6052@node Offset
6053@section @code{.offset @var{loc}}
6054
6055@cindex @code{offset} directive
6056Set the location counter to @var{loc} in the absolute section. @var{loc} must
6057be an absolute expression. This directive may be useful for defining
6058symbols with absolute values. Do not confuse it with the @code{.org}
fa94de6b 6059directive.
9aec2026 6060
252b5132
RH
6061@node Org
6062@section @code{.org @var{new-lc} , @var{fill}}
6063
6064@cindex @code{org} directive
6065@cindex location counter, advancing
6066@cindex advancing location counter
6067@cindex current address, advancing
6068Advance the location counter of the current section to
6069@var{new-lc}. @var{new-lc} is either an absolute expression or an
6070expression with the same section as the current subsection. That is,
6071you can't use @code{.org} to cross sections: if @var{new-lc} has the
6072wrong section, the @code{.org} directive is ignored. To be compatible
6073with former assemblers, if the section of @var{new-lc} is absolute,
a4fb0134 6074@command{@value{AS}} issues a warning, then pretends the section of @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
6075is the same as the current subsection.
6076
6077@code{.org} may only increase the location counter, or leave it
6078unchanged; you cannot use @code{.org} to move the location counter
6079backwards.
6080
6081@c double negative used below "not undefined" because this is a specific
6082@c reference to "undefined" (as SEG_UNKNOWN is called in this manual)
6083@c section. doc@cygnus.com 18feb91
a4fb0134 6084Because @command{@value{AS}} tries to assemble programs in one pass, @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
6085may not be undefined. If you really detest this restriction we eagerly await
6086a chance to share your improved assembler.
6087
6088Beware that the origin is relative to the start of the section, not
6089to the start of the subsection. This is compatible with other
6090people's assemblers.
6091
6092When the location counter (of the current subsection) is advanced, the
6093intervening bytes are filled with @var{fill} which should be an
6094absolute expression. If the comma and @var{fill} are omitted,
6095@var{fill} defaults to zero.
6096
6097@node P2align
6098@section @code{.p2align[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
6099
6100@cindex padding the location counter given a power of two
6101@cindex @code{p2align} directive
6102Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
6103storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
6104number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
6105advancement. For example @samp{.p2align 3} advances the location
6106counter until it a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
6107multiple of 8, no change is needed.
6108
6109The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
6110padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
6111padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
6112marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
6113with no-op instructions.
6114
6115The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
6116it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
6117directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
6118specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
6119fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
6120required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
6121with no-op instructions when appropriate.
6122
6123@cindex @code{p2alignw} directive
6124@cindex @code{p2alignl} directive
6125The @code{.p2alignw} and @code{.p2alignl} directives are variants of the
6126@code{.p2align} directive. The @code{.p2alignw} directive treats the fill
6127pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.p2alignl} directives treats the
6128fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.p2alignw
61292,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
6130filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
6131the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
6132undefined.
6133
ccf8a69b
BW
6134@ifset ELF
6135@node PopSection
6136@section @code{.popsection}
6137
6138@cindex @code{popsection} directive
6139@cindex Section Stack
6140This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
6141@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
6142@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.previous}
ccf8a69b
BW
6143(@pxref{Previous}).
6144
6145This directive replaces the current section (and subsection) with the top
6146section (and subsection) on the section stack. This section is popped off the
01642c12 6147stack.
ccf8a69b
BW
6148@end ifset
6149
c91d2e08
NC
6150@ifset ELF
6151@node Previous
6152@section @code{.previous}
6153
c1253627 6154@cindex @code{previous} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6155@cindex Section Stack
6156This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
a349d9dd
PB
6157@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
6158@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.popsection}
6159(@pxref{PopSection}).
c91d2e08
NC
6160
6161This directive swaps the current section (and subsection) with most recently
8b040e0a 6162referenced section/subsection pair prior to this one. Multiple
c91d2e08 6163@code{.previous} directives in a row will flip between two sections (and their
8b040e0a
NC
6164subsections). For example:
6165
6166@smallexample
6167.section A
6168 .subsection 1
6169 .word 0x1234
6170 .subsection 2
6171 .word 0x5678
6172.previous
6173 .word 0x9abc
6174@end smallexample
6175
6176Will place 0x1234 and 0x9abc into subsection 1 and 0x5678 into subsection 2 of
6177section A. Whilst:
6178
6179@smallexample
6180.section A
6181.subsection 1
6182 # Now in section A subsection 1
6183 .word 0x1234
6184.section B
6185.subsection 0
6186 # Now in section B subsection 0
6187 .word 0x5678
6188.subsection 1
6189 # Now in section B subsection 1
6190 .word 0x9abc
6191.previous
6192 # Now in section B subsection 0
6193 .word 0xdef0
6194@end smallexample
6195
6196Will place 0x1234 into section A, 0x5678 and 0xdef0 into subsection 0 of
6197section B and 0x9abc into subsection 1 of section B.
c91d2e08
NC
6198
6199In terms of the section stack, this directive swaps the current section with
6200the top section on the section stack.
6201@end ifset
6202
252b5132
RH
6203@node Print
6204@section @code{.print @var{string}}
6205
6206@cindex @code{print} directive
a4fb0134 6207@command{@value{AS}} will print @var{string} on the standard output during
252b5132
RH
6208assembly. You must put @var{string} in double quotes.
6209
c91d2e08
NC
6210@ifset ELF
6211@node Protected
6212@section @code{.protected @var{names}}
6213
c1253627
NC
6214@cindex @code{protected} directive
6215@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 6216This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
a349d9dd 6217@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden}) and @code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal}).
c91d2e08
NC
6218
6219This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
6220their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
6221@code{protected} which means that any references to the symbols from within the
6222components that defines them must be resolved to the definition in that
6223component, even if a definition in another component would normally preempt
01642c12 6224this.
c91d2e08
NC
6225@end ifset
6226
252b5132
RH
6227@node Psize
6228@section @code{.psize @var{lines} , @var{columns}}
6229
6230@cindex @code{psize} directive
6231@cindex listing control: paper size
6232@cindex paper size, for listings
6233Use this directive to declare the number of lines---and, optionally, the
6234number of columns---to use for each page, when generating listings.
6235
6236If you do not use @code{.psize}, listings use a default line-count
6237of 60. You may omit the comma and @var{columns} specification; the
6238default width is 200 columns.
6239
a4fb0134 6240@command{@value{AS}} generates formfeeds whenever the specified number of
252b5132
RH
6241lines is exceeded (or whenever you explicitly request one, using
6242@code{.eject}).
6243
6244If you specify @var{lines} as @code{0}, no formfeeds are generated save
6245those explicitly specified with @code{.eject}.
6246
6247@node Purgem
6248@section @code{.purgem @var{name}}
6249
6250@cindex @code{purgem} directive
6251Undefine the macro @var{name}, so that later uses of the string will not be
6252expanded. @xref{Macro}.
6253
c91d2e08
NC
6254@ifset ELF
6255@node PushSection
9cfc3331 6256@section @code{.pushsection @var{name} [, @var{subsection}] [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{arguments}]]]}
c91d2e08 6257
c1253627 6258@cindex @code{pushsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6259@cindex Section Stack
6260This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
6261@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
6262@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
a349d9dd 6263(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 6264
e9863d7f
DJ
6265This directive pushes the current section (and subsection) onto the
6266top of the section stack, and then replaces the current section and
9cfc3331
L
6267subsection with @code{name} and @code{subsection}. The optional
6268@code{flags}, @code{type} and @code{arguments} are treated the same
6269as in the @code{.section} (@pxref{Section}) directive.
c91d2e08
NC
6270@end ifset
6271
252b5132
RH
6272@node Quad
6273@section @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
6274
6275@cindex @code{quad} directive
6276@code{.quad} expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For
6277each bignum, it emits
6278@ifclear bignum-16
6279an 8-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 8 bytes, it prints a
6280warning message; and just takes the lowest order 8 bytes of the bignum.
6281@cindex eight-byte integer
6282@cindex integer, 8-byte
6283
6284The term ``quad'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
6285hence @emph{quad}-word for 8 bytes.
6286@end ifclear
6287@ifset bignum-16
6288a 16-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 16 bytes, it prints a
6289warning message; and just takes the lowest order 16 bytes of the bignum.
6290@cindex sixteen-byte integer
6291@cindex integer, 16-byte
6292@end ifset
6293
05e9452c
AM
6294@node Reloc
6295@section @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
6296
6297@cindex @code{reloc} directive
6298Generate a relocation at @var{offset} of type @var{reloc_name} with value
6299@var{expression}. If @var{offset} is a number, the relocation is generated in
6300the current section. If @var{offset} is an expression that resolves to a
6301symbol plus offset, the relocation is generated in the given symbol's section.
6302@var{expression}, if present, must resolve to a symbol plus addend or to an
6303absolute value, but note that not all targets support an addend. e.g. ELF REL
6304targets such as i386 store an addend in the section contents rather than in the
6305relocation. This low level interface does not support addends stored in the
6306section.
6307
252b5132
RH
6308@node Rept
6309@section @code{.rept @var{count}}
6310
6311@cindex @code{rept} directive
6312Repeat the sequence of lines between the @code{.rept} directive and the next
6313@code{.endr} directive @var{count} times.
6314
6315For example, assembling
6316
6317@example
6318 .rept 3
6319 .long 0
6320 .endr
6321@end example
6322
6323is equivalent to assembling
6324
6325@example
6326 .long 0
6327 .long 0
6328 .long 0
6329@end example
6330
6331@node Sbttl
6332@section @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
6333
6334@cindex @code{sbttl} directive
6335@cindex subtitles for listings
6336@cindex listing control: subtitle
6337Use @var{subheading} as the title (third line, immediately after the
6338title line) when generating assembly listings.
6339
6340This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
6341it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
6342
6343@ifset COFF
6344@node Scl
6345@section @code{.scl @var{class}}
6346
6347@cindex @code{scl} directive
6348@cindex symbol storage class (COFF)
6349@cindex COFF symbol storage class
6350Set the storage-class value for a symbol. This directive may only be
6351used inside a @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair. Storage class may flag
6352whether a symbol is static or external, or it may record further
6353symbolic debugging information.
6354@ifset BOUT
6355
6356The @samp{.scl} directive is primarily associated with COFF output; when
a4fb0134 6357configured to generate @code{b.out} output format, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
6358accepts this directive but ignores it.
6359@end ifset
6360@end ifset
6361
c1253627 6362@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6363@node Section
c1253627 6364@section @code{.section @var{name}}
252b5132 6365
252b5132
RH
6366@cindex named section
6367Use the @code{.section} directive to assemble the following code into a section
6368named @var{name}.
6369
6370This directive is only supported for targets that actually support arbitrarily
6371named sections; on @code{a.out} targets, for example, it is not accepted, even
6372with a standard @code{a.out} section name.
6373
c1253627
NC
6374@ifset COFF
6375@ifset ELF
6376@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6377@subheading COFF Version
6378@end ifset
6379
6380@cindex @code{section} directive (COFF version)
252b5132
RH
6381For COFF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used in one of the following
6382ways:
c91d2e08 6383
252b5132
RH
6384@smallexample
6385.section @var{name}[, "@var{flags}"]
4e188d17 6386.section @var{name}[, @var{subsection}]
252b5132
RH
6387@end smallexample
6388
6389If the optional argument is quoted, it is taken as flags to use for the
6390section. Each flag is a single character. The following flags are recognized:
eda683bb 6391
252b5132
RH
6392@table @code
6393@item b
6394bss section (uninitialized data)
6395@item n
6396section is not loaded
6397@item w
6398writable section
6399@item d
6400data section
70e0ee1a
KT
6401@item e
6402exclude section from linking
252b5132
RH
6403@item r
6404read-only section
6405@item x
6406executable section
2dcc60be
ILT
6407@item s
6408shared section (meaningful for PE targets)
6ff96af6
NC
6409@item a
6410ignored. (For compatibility with the ELF version)
63ad59ae
KT
6411@item y
6412section is not readable (meaningful for PE targets)
31907d5e
DK
6413@item 0-9
6414single-digit power-of-two section alignment (GNU extension)
252b5132
RH
6415@end table
6416
6417If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
6418the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to be
7e84d676
NC
6419loaded and writable. Note the @code{n} and @code{w} flags remove attributes
6420from the section, rather than adding them, so if they are used on their own it
6421will be as if no flags had been specified at all.
252b5132
RH
6422
6423If the optional argument to the @code{.section} directive is not quoted, it is
4e188d17 6424taken as a subsection number (@pxref{Sub-Sections}).
c1253627 6425@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6426
6427@ifset ELF
c1253627
NC
6428@ifset COFF
6429@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6430@subheading ELF Version
6431@end ifset
6432
c91d2e08
NC
6433@cindex Section Stack
6434This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12 6435@code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}), @code{.pushsection}
a349d9dd
PB
6436(@pxref{PushSection}), @code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and
6437@code{.previous} (@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 6438
c1253627 6439@cindex @code{section} directive (ELF version)
252b5132 6440For ELF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 6441
252b5132 6442@smallexample
7047dd1e 6443.section @var{name} [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{flag_specific_arguments}]]]
252b5132 6444@end smallexample
c91d2e08 6445
451133ce
NP
6446@anchor{Section Name Substitutions}
6447@kindex --sectname-subst
6448@cindex section name substitution
6449If the @samp{--sectname-subst} command-line option is provided, the @var{name}
6450argument may contain a substitution sequence. Only @code{%S} is supported
6451at the moment, and substitutes the current section name. For example:
6452
6453@smallexample
6454.macro exception_code
6455.section %S.exception
6456[exception code here]
6457.previous
6458.endm
6459
6460.text
6461[code]
6462exception_code
6463[...]
6464
6465.section .init
6466[init code]
6467exception_code
6468[...]
6469@end smallexample
6470
6471The two @code{exception_code} invocations above would create the
6472@code{.text.exception} and @code{.init.exception} sections respectively.
6473This is useful e.g. to discriminate between anciliary sections that are
6474tied to setup code to be discarded after use from anciliary sections that
6475need to stay resident without having to define multiple @code{exception_code}
6476macros just for that purpose.
6477
252b5132 6478The optional @var{flags} argument is a quoted string which may contain any
a349d9dd 6479combination of the following characters:
eda683bb 6480
252b5132
RH
6481@table @code
6482@item a
6483section is allocatable
18ae9cc1
L
6484@item e
6485section is excluded from executable and shared library.
252b5132
RH
6486@item w
6487section is writable
6488@item x
6489section is executable
ec38dd05
JJ
6490@item M
6491section is mergeable
6492@item S
6493section contains zero terminated strings
22fe14ad
NC
6494@item G
6495section is a member of a section group
6496@item T
6497section is used for thread-local-storage
01642c12
RM
6498@item ?
6499section is a member of the previously-current section's group, if any
eda683bb 6500@item @code{<number>}
9fb71ee4
NC
6501a numeric value indicating the bits to be set in the ELF section header's flags
6502field. Note - if one or more of the alphabetic characters described above is
6503also included in the flags field, their bit values will be ORed into the
6504resulting value.
eda683bb
NC
6505@item @code{<target specific>}
6506some targets extend this list with their own flag characters
252b5132
RH
6507@end table
6508
9fb71ee4
NC
6509Note - once a section's flags have been set they cannot be changed. There are
6510a few exceptions to this rule however. Processor and application specific
6511flags can be added to an already defined section. The @code{.interp},
6512@code{.strtab} and @code{.symtab} sections can have the allocate flag
6513(@code{a}) set after they are initially defined, and the @code{.note-GNU-stack}
eda683bb 6514section may have the executable (@code{x}) flag added.
9fb71ee4 6515
252b5132 6516The optional @var{type} argument may contain one of the following constants:
eda683bb 6517
252b5132
RH
6518@table @code
6519@item @@progbits
6520section contains data
6521@item @@nobits
6522section does not contain data (i.e., section only occupies space)
22fe14ad
NC
6523@item @@note
6524section contains data which is used by things other than the program
10b016c2
PB
6525@item @@init_array
6526section contains an array of pointers to init functions
6527@item @@fini_array
6528section contains an array of pointers to finish functions
6529@item @@preinit_array
6530section contains an array of pointers to pre-init functions
eda683bb 6531@item @@@code{<number>}
9fb71ee4 6532a numeric value to be set as the ELF section header's type field.
eda683bb 6533@item @@@code{<target specific>}
9fb71ee4 6534some targets extend this list with their own types
252b5132
RH
6535@end table
6536
9fb71ee4
NC
6537Many targets only support the first three section types. The type may be
6538enclosed in double quotes if necessary.
10b016c2 6539
ececec60
NC
6540Note on targets where the @code{@@} character is the start of a comment (eg
6541ARM) then another character is used instead. For example the ARM port uses the
6542@code{%} character.
6543
9fb71ee4
NC
6544Note - some sections, eg @code{.text} and @code{.data} are considered to be
6545special and have fixed types. Any attempt to declare them with a different
6546type will generate an error from the assembler.
6547
22fe14ad 6548If @var{flags} contains the @code{M} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
96e9638b 6549be specified as well as an extra argument---@var{entsize}---like this:
22fe14ad
NC
6550
6551@smallexample
6552.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"M, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}
6553@end smallexample
6554
6555Sections with the @code{M} flag but not @code{S} flag must contain fixed size
6556constants, each @var{entsize} octets long. Sections with both @code{M} and
6557@code{S} must contain zero terminated strings where each character is
6558@var{entsize} bytes long. The linker may remove duplicates within sections with
6559the same name, same entity size and same flags. @var{entsize} must be an
90dce00a
AM
6560absolute expression. For sections with both @code{M} and @code{S}, a string
6561which is a suffix of a larger string is considered a duplicate. Thus
6562@code{"def"} will be merged with @code{"abcdef"}; A reference to the first
6563@code{"def"} will be changed to a reference to @code{"abcdef"+3}.
22fe14ad
NC
6564
6565If @var{flags} contains the @code{G} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
6566be present along with an additional field like this:
6567
6568@smallexample
6569.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"G, @@@var{type}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
6570@end smallexample
6571
6572The @var{GroupName} field specifies the name of the section group to which this
6573particular section belongs. The optional linkage field can contain:
eda683bb 6574
22fe14ad
NC
6575@table @code
6576@item comdat
6577indicates that only one copy of this section should be retained
6578@item .gnu.linkonce
6579an alias for comdat
6580@end table
6581
96e9638b 6582Note: if both the @var{M} and @var{G} flags are present then the fields for
22fe14ad
NC
6583the Merge flag should come first, like this:
6584
6585@smallexample
6586.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"MG, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
6587@end smallexample
ec38dd05 6588
01642c12
RM
6589If @var{flags} contains the @code{?} symbol then it may not also contain the
6590@code{G} symbol and the @var{GroupName} or @var{linkage} fields should not be
6591present. Instead, @code{?} says to consider the section that's current before
6592this directive. If that section used @code{G}, then the new section will use
6593@code{G} with those same @var{GroupName} and @var{linkage} fields implicitly.
6594If not, then the @code{?} symbol has no effect.
6595
252b5132
RH
6596If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
6597the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to have
6598none of the above flags: it will not be allocated in memory, nor writable, nor
6599executable. The section will contain data.
6600
6601For ELF targets, the assembler supports another type of @code{.section}
6602directive for compatibility with the Solaris assembler:
c91d2e08 6603
252b5132
RH
6604@smallexample
6605.section "@var{name}"[, @var{flags}...]
6606@end smallexample
c91d2e08 6607
252b5132
RH
6608Note that the section name is quoted. There may be a sequence of comma
6609separated flags:
eda683bb 6610
252b5132
RH
6611@table @code
6612@item #alloc
6613section is allocatable
6614@item #write
6615section is writable
6616@item #execinstr
6617section is executable
18ae9cc1
L
6618@item #exclude
6619section is excluded from executable and shared library.
22fe14ad
NC
6620@item #tls
6621section is used for thread local storage
252b5132 6622@end table
c91d2e08 6623
e9863d7f
DJ
6624This directive replaces the current section and subsection. See the
6625contents of the gas testsuite directory @code{gas/testsuite/gas/elf} for
6626some examples of how this directive and the other section stack directives
6627work.
c1253627
NC
6628@end ifset
6629@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6630
6631@node Set
6632@section @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
6633
6634@cindex @code{set} directive
6635@cindex symbol value, setting
6636Set the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}. This
6637changes @var{symbol}'s value and type to conform to
6638@var{expression}. If @var{symbol} was flagged as external, it remains
6639flagged (@pxref{Symbol Attributes}).
6640
5d239759
NC
6641You may @code{.set} a symbol many times in the same assembly provided that the
6642values given to the symbol are constants. Values that are based on expressions
6643involving other symbols are allowed, but some targets may restrict this to only
6644being done once per assembly. This is because those targets do not set the
6645addresses of symbols at assembly time, but rather delay the assignment until a
6646final link is performed. This allows the linker a chance to change the code in
6647the files, changing the location of, and the relative distance between, various
6648different symbols.
252b5132
RH
6649
6650If you @code{.set} a global symbol, the value stored in the object
6651file is the last value stored into it.
6652
3c9b82ba
NC
6653@ifset Z80
6654On Z80 @code{set} is a real instruction, use
6655@samp{@var{symbol} defl @var{expression}} instead.
6656@end ifset
6657
252b5132
RH
6658@node Short
6659@section @code{.short @var{expressions}}
6660
6661@cindex @code{short} directive
6662@ifset GENERIC
6663@code{.short} is normally the same as @samp{.word}.
6664@xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
6665
6666In some configurations, however, @code{.short} and @code{.word} generate
96e9638b 6667numbers of different lengths. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
6668@end ifset
6669@ifclear GENERIC
6670@ifset W16
6671@code{.short} is the same as @samp{.word}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
6672@end ifset
6673@ifset W32
6674This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
6675a 16 bit number for each.
6676@end ifset
6677@end ifclear
6678
6679@node Single
6680@section @code{.single @var{flonums}}
6681
6682@cindex @code{single} directive
6683@cindex floating point numbers (single)
6684This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
6685has the same effect as @code{.float}.
6686@ifset GENERIC
6687The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 6688@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
6689@end ifset
6690@ifclear GENERIC
6691@ifset IEEEFLOAT
6692On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.single} emits 32-bit floating point
6693numbers in @sc{ieee} format.
6694@end ifset
6695@end ifclear
6696
c1253627 6697@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6698@node Size
c1253627 6699@section @code{.size}
c91d2e08 6700
c1253627
NC
6701This directive is used to set the size associated with a symbol.
6702
6703@ifset COFF
6704@ifset ELF
6705@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6706@subheading COFF Version
6707@end ifset
6708
6709@cindex @code{size} directive (COFF version)
6710For COFF targets, the @code{.size} directive is only permitted inside
6711@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
6712
6713@smallexample
6714.size @var{expression}
6715@end smallexample
252b5132 6716
c91d2e08 6717@ifset BOUT
252b5132 6718@samp{.size} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6719@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
6720ignores it.
6721@end ifset
c1253627 6722@end ifset
c91d2e08 6723
c1253627
NC
6724@ifset ELF
6725@ifset COFF
6726@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6727@subheading ELF Version
6728@end ifset
6729
6730@cindex @code{size} directive (ELF version)
6731For ELF targets, the @code{.size} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 6732
c1253627
NC
6733@smallexample
6734.size @var{name} , @var{expression}
6735@end smallexample
6736
6737This directive sets the size associated with a symbol @var{name}.
c91d2e08
NC
6738The size in bytes is computed from @var{expression} which can make use of label
6739arithmetic. This directive is typically used to set the size of function
6740symbols.
c1253627
NC
6741@end ifset
6742@end ifset
252b5132 6743
252b5132
RH
6744@ifclear no-space-dir
6745@node Skip
6746@section @code{.skip @var{size} , @var{fill}}
6747
6748@cindex @code{skip} directive
6749@cindex filling memory
6750This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
6751@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma and
6752@var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same as
6753@samp{.space}.
884f0d36 6754@end ifclear
252b5132 6755
ccf8a69b
BW
6756@node Sleb128
6757@section @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
6758
6759@cindex @code{sleb128} directive
01642c12 6760@var{sleb128} stands for ``signed little endian base 128.'' This is a
ccf8a69b
BW
6761compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
6762symbolic debugging format. @xref{Uleb128, ,@code{.uleb128}}.
6763
884f0d36 6764@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132
RH
6765@node Space
6766@section @code{.space @var{size} , @var{fill}}
6767
6768@cindex @code{space} directive
6769@cindex filling memory
6770This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
6771@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma
6772and @var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same
6773as @samp{.skip}.
6774
6775@ifset HPPA
6776@quotation
6777@emph{Warning:} @code{.space} has a completely different meaning for HPPA
6778targets; use @code{.block} as a substitute. See @cite{HP9000 Series 800
6779Assembly Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) for the meaning of the
6780@code{.space} directive. @xref{HPPA Directives,,HPPA Assembler Directives},
6781for a summary.
6782@end quotation
6783@end ifset
6784@end ifclear
6785
252b5132
RH
6786@ifset have-stabs
6787@node Stab
6788@section @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
6789
6790@cindex symbolic debuggers, information for
6791@cindex @code{stab@var{x}} directives
6792There are three directives that begin @samp{.stab}.
6793All emit symbols (@pxref{Symbols}), for use by symbolic debuggers.
a4fb0134 6794The symbols are not entered in the @command{@value{AS}} hash table: they
252b5132
RH
6795cannot be referenced elsewhere in the source file.
6796Up to five fields are required:
6797
6798@table @var
6799@item string
6800This is the symbol's name. It may contain any character except
6801@samp{\000}, so is more general than ordinary symbol names. Some
6802debuggers used to code arbitrarily complex structures into symbol names
6803using this field.
6804
6805@item type
6806An absolute expression. The symbol's type is set to the low 8 bits of
6807this expression. Any bit pattern is permitted, but @code{@value{LD}}
6808and debuggers choke on silly bit patterns.
6809
6810@item other
6811An absolute expression. The symbol's ``other'' attribute is set to the
6812low 8 bits of this expression.
6813
6814@item desc
6815An absolute expression. The symbol's descriptor is set to the low 16
6816bits of this expression.
6817
6818@item value
6819An absolute expression which becomes the symbol's value.
6820@end table
6821
6822If a warning is detected while reading a @code{.stabd}, @code{.stabn},
6823or @code{.stabs} statement, the symbol has probably already been created;
6824you get a half-formed symbol in your object file. This is
6825compatible with earlier assemblers!
6826
6827@table @code
6828@cindex @code{stabd} directive
6829@item .stabd @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc}
6830
6831The ``name'' of the symbol generated is not even an empty string.
6832It is a null pointer, for compatibility. Older assemblers used a
6833null pointer so they didn't waste space in object files with empty
6834strings.
6835
6836The symbol's value is set to the location counter,
6837relocatably. When your program is linked, the value of this symbol
6838is the address of the location counter when the @code{.stabd} was
6839assembled.
6840
6841@cindex @code{stabn} directive
6842@item .stabn @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
6843The name of the symbol is set to the empty string @code{""}.
6844
6845@cindex @code{stabs} directive
6846@item .stabs @var{string} , @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
6847All five fields are specified.
6848@end table
6849@end ifset
6850@c end have-stabs
6851
6852@node String
38a57ae7 6853@section @code{.string} "@var{str}", @code{.string8} "@var{str}", @code{.string16}
01642c12 6854"@var{str}", @code{.string32} "@var{str}", @code{.string64} "@var{str}"
252b5132
RH
6855
6856@cindex string, copying to object file
38a57ae7
NC
6857@cindex string8, copying to object file
6858@cindex string16, copying to object file
6859@cindex string32, copying to object file
6860@cindex string64, copying to object file
252b5132 6861@cindex @code{string} directive
38a57ae7
NC
6862@cindex @code{string8} directive
6863@cindex @code{string16} directive
6864@cindex @code{string32} directive
6865@cindex @code{string64} directive
252b5132
RH
6866
6867Copy the characters in @var{str} to the object file. You may specify more than
6868one string to copy, separated by commas. Unless otherwise specified for a
6869particular machine, the assembler marks the end of each string with a 0 byte.
6870You can use any of the escape sequences described in @ref{Strings,,Strings}.
6871
01642c12 6872The variants @code{string16}, @code{string32} and @code{string64} differ from
38a57ae7
NC
6873the @code{string} pseudo opcode in that each 8-bit character from @var{str} is
6874copied and expanded to 16, 32 or 64 bits respectively. The expanded characters
6875are stored in target endianness byte order.
6876
6877Example:
6878@smallexample
6879 .string32 "BYE"
6880expands to:
6881 .string "B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E\0\0\0" /* On little endian targets. */
6882 .string "\0\0\0B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E" /* On big endian targets. */
6883@end smallexample
6884
6885
252b5132
RH
6886@node Struct
6887@section @code{.struct @var{expression}}
6888
6889@cindex @code{struct} directive
6890Switch to the absolute section, and set the section offset to @var{expression},
6891which must be an absolute expression. You might use this as follows:
6892@smallexample
6893 .struct 0
6894field1:
6895 .struct field1 + 4
6896field2:
6897 .struct field2 + 4
6898field3:
6899@end smallexample
6900This would define the symbol @code{field1} to have the value 0, the symbol
6901@code{field2} to have the value 4, and the symbol @code{field3} to have the
6902value 8. Assembly would be left in the absolute section, and you would need to
6903use a @code{.section} directive of some sort to change to some other section
6904before further assembly.
6905
c91d2e08
NC
6906@ifset ELF
6907@node SubSection
6908@section @code{.subsection @var{name}}
6909
c1253627 6910@cindex @code{subsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6911@cindex Section Stack
6912This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
6913@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}),
6914@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
a349d9dd 6915(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08
NC
6916
6917This directive replaces the current subsection with @code{name}. The current
6918section is not changed. The replaced subsection is put onto the section stack
6919in place of the then current top of stack subsection.
c91d2e08
NC
6920@end ifset
6921
252b5132
RH
6922@ifset ELF
6923@node Symver
6924@section @code{.symver}
6925@cindex @code{symver} directive
6926@cindex symbol versioning
6927@cindex versions of symbols
6928Use the @code{.symver} directive to bind symbols to specific version nodes
6929within a source file. This is only supported on ELF platforms, and is
6930typically used when assembling files to be linked into a shared library.
6931There are cases where it may make sense to use this in objects to be bound
6932into an application itself so as to override a versioned symbol from a
6933shared library.
6934
79082ff0 6935For ELF targets, the @code{.symver} directive can be used like this:
252b5132
RH
6936@smallexample
6937.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@nodename}
6938@end smallexample
339681c0 6939If the symbol @var{name} is defined within the file
79082ff0 6940being assembled, the @code{.symver} directive effectively creates a symbol
252b5132
RH
6941alias with the name @var{name2@@nodename}, and in fact the main reason that we
6942just don't try and create a regular alias is that the @var{@@} character isn't
6943permitted in symbol names. The @var{name2} part of the name is the actual name
6944of the symbol by which it will be externally referenced. The name @var{name}
6945itself is merely a name of convenience that is used so that it is possible to
6946have definitions for multiple versions of a function within a single source
6947file, and so that the compiler can unambiguously know which version of a
6948function is being mentioned. The @var{nodename} portion of the alias should be
6949the name of a node specified in the version script supplied to the linker when
6950building a shared library. If you are attempting to override a versioned
6951symbol from a shared library, then @var{nodename} should correspond to the
6952nodename of the symbol you are trying to override.
339681c0
L
6953
6954If the symbol @var{name} is not defined within the file being assembled, all
6955references to @var{name} will be changed to @var{name2@@nodename}. If no
6956reference to @var{name} is made, @var{name2@@nodename} will be removed from the
6957symbol table.
79082ff0
L
6958
6959Another usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
6960@smallexample
6961.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@nodename}
6962@end smallexample
6963In this case, the symbol @var{name} must exist and be defined within
a349d9dd 6964the file being assembled. It is similar to @var{name2@@nodename}. The
79082ff0
L
6965difference is @var{name2@@@@nodename} will also be used to resolve
6966references to @var{name2} by the linker.
6967
6968The third usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
6969@smallexample
6970.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@@@nodename}
6971@end smallexample
6972When @var{name} is not defined within the
6973file being assembled, it is treated as @var{name2@@nodename}. When
6974@var{name} is defined within the file being assembled, the symbol
6975name, @var{name}, will be changed to @var{name2@@@@nodename}.
252b5132
RH
6976@end ifset
6977
6978@ifset COFF
6979@node Tag
6980@section @code{.tag @var{structname}}
6981
6982@cindex COFF structure debugging
6983@cindex structure debugging, COFF
6984@cindex @code{tag} directive
6985This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
6986information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
6987@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. Tags are used to link structure
6988definitions in the symbol table with instances of those structures.
6989@ifset BOUT
6990
6991@samp{.tag} is only used when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6992@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
6993ignores it.
6994@end ifset
6995@end ifset
6996
6997@node Text
6998@section @code{.text @var{subsection}}
6999
7000@cindex @code{text} directive
a4fb0134 7001Tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the end of
252b5132
RH
7002the text subsection numbered @var{subsection}, which is an absolute
7003expression. If @var{subsection} is omitted, subsection number zero
7004is used.
7005
7006@node Title
7007@section @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
7008
7009@cindex @code{title} directive
7010@cindex listing control: title line
7011Use @var{heading} as the title (second line, immediately after the
7012source file name and pagenumber) when generating assembly listings.
7013
7014This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
7015it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
7016
c1253627 7017@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 7018@node Type
c1253627
NC
7019@section @code{.type}
7020
7021This directive is used to set the type of a symbol.
7022
7023@ifset COFF
7024@ifset ELF
7025@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
7026@subheading COFF Version
7027@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7028
7029@cindex COFF symbol type
7030@cindex symbol type, COFF
c1253627
NC
7031@cindex @code{type} directive (COFF version)
7032For COFF targets, this directive is permitted only within
7033@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
7034
7035@smallexample
7036.type @var{int}
7037@end smallexample
7038
7039This records the integer @var{int} as the type attribute of a symbol table
7040entry.
252b5132 7041
c91d2e08 7042@ifset BOUT
252b5132 7043@samp{.type} is associated only with COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 7044@command{@value{AS}} is configured for @code{b.out} output, it accepts this
252b5132
RH
7045directive but ignores it.
7046@end ifset
c1253627 7047@end ifset
c91d2e08 7048
c1253627
NC
7049@ifset ELF
7050@ifset COFF
7051@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
7052@subheading ELF Version
7053@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
7054
7055@cindex ELF symbol type
7056@cindex symbol type, ELF
c1253627
NC
7057@cindex @code{type} directive (ELF version)
7058For ELF targets, the @code{.type} directive is used like this:
7059
7060@smallexample
7061.type @var{name} , @var{type description}
7062@end smallexample
7063
7064This sets the type of symbol @var{name} to be either a
a349d9dd 7065function symbol or an object symbol. There are five different syntaxes
c91d2e08 7066supported for the @var{type description} field, in order to provide
28c9d252 7067compatibility with various other assemblers.
58ab4f3d
MM
7068
7069Because some of the characters used in these syntaxes (such as @samp{@@} and
7070@samp{#}) are comment characters for some architectures, some of the syntaxes
7071below do not work on all architectures. The first variant will be accepted by
7072the GNU assembler on all architectures so that variant should be used for
7073maximum portability, if you do not need to assemble your code with other
7074assemblers.
7075
7076The syntaxes supported are:
c91d2e08
NC
7077
7078@smallexample
5671778d
NC
7079 .type <name> STT_<TYPE_IN_UPPER_CASE>
7080 .type <name>,#<type>
7081 .type <name>,@@<type>
e7c33416 7082 .type <name>,%<type>
5671778d
NC
7083 .type <name>,"<type>"
7084@end smallexample
7085
7086The types supported are:
58ab4f3d 7087
5671778d
NC
7088@table @gcctabopt
7089@item STT_FUNC
7090@itemx function
7091Mark the symbol as being a function name.
c91d2e08 7092
d8045f23
NC
7093@item STT_GNU_IFUNC
7094@itemx gnu_indirect_function
7095Mark the symbol as an indirect function when evaluated during reloc
9c55345c 7096processing. (This is only supported on assemblers targeting GNU systems).
d8045f23 7097
5671778d
NC
7098@item STT_OBJECT
7099@itemx object
7100Mark the symbol as being a data object.
7101
7102@item STT_TLS
7103@itemx tls_object
7104Mark the symbol as being a thead-local data object.
7105
7106@item STT_COMMON
7107@itemx common
7108Mark the symbol as being a common data object.
e7c33416
NC
7109
7110@item STT_NOTYPE
7111@itemx notype
7112Does not mark the symbol in any way. It is supported just for completeness.
7113
3e7a7d11
NC
7114@item gnu_unique_object
7115Marks the symbol as being a globally unique data object. The dynamic linker
7116will make sure that in the entire process there is just one symbol with this
9c55345c
TS
7117name and type in use. (This is only supported on assemblers targeting GNU
7118systems).
3e7a7d11 7119
5671778d
NC
7120@end table
7121
7122Note: Some targets support extra types in addition to those listed above.
c91d2e08 7123
c1253627
NC
7124@end ifset
7125@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
7126
7127@node Uleb128
7128@section @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
7129
7130@cindex @code{uleb128} directive
01642c12 7131@var{uleb128} stands for ``unsigned little endian base 128.'' This is a
c91d2e08 7132compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
96e9638b 7133symbolic debugging format. @xref{Sleb128, ,@code{.sleb128}}.
252b5132
RH
7134
7135@ifset COFF
7136@node Val
7137@section @code{.val @var{addr}}
7138
7139@cindex @code{val} directive
7140@cindex COFF value attribute
7141@cindex value attribute, COFF
7142This directive, permitted only within @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs,
7143records the address @var{addr} as the value attribute of a symbol table
7144entry.
7145@ifset BOUT
7146
a4fb0134 7147@samp{.val} is used only for COFF output; when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132
RH
7148configured for @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but ignores it.
7149@end ifset
7150@end ifset
7151
2e13b764 7152@ifset ELF
c91d2e08
NC
7153@node Version
7154@section @code{.version "@var{string}"}
2e13b764 7155
c1253627 7156@cindex @code{version} directive
c91d2e08
NC
7157This directive creates a @code{.note} section and places into it an ELF
7158formatted note of type NT_VERSION. The note's name is set to @code{string}.
9a297610 7159@end ifset
2e13b764 7160
c91d2e08
NC
7161@ifset ELF
7162@node VTableEntry
7163@section @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
2e13b764 7164
653cfe85 7165@cindex @code{vtable_entry} directive
c91d2e08
NC
7166This directive finds or creates a symbol @code{table} and creates a
7167@code{VTABLE_ENTRY} relocation for it with an addend of @code{offset}.
2e13b764 7168
c91d2e08
NC
7169@node VTableInherit
7170@section @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 7171
653cfe85 7172@cindex @code{vtable_inherit} directive
c91d2e08
NC
7173This directive finds the symbol @code{child} and finds or creates the symbol
7174@code{parent} and then creates a @code{VTABLE_INHERIT} relocation for the
a349d9dd 7175parent whose addend is the value of the child symbol. As a special case the
96e9638b 7176parent name of @code{0} is treated as referring to the @code{*ABS*} section.
c91d2e08 7177@end ifset
2e13b764 7178
d190d046
HPN
7179@node Warning
7180@section @code{.warning "@var{string}"}
7181@cindex warning directive
7182Similar to the directive @code{.error}
7183(@pxref{Error,,@code{.error "@var{string}"}}), but just emits a warning.
7184
c91d2e08
NC
7185@node Weak
7186@section @code{.weak @var{names}}
2e13b764 7187
c1253627 7188@cindex @code{weak} directive
a349d9dd 7189This directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c91d2e08 7190@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
c87db184 7191
01642c12 7192On COFF targets other than PE, weak symbols are a GNU extension. This
977cdf5a 7193directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c87db184
CF
7194@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
7195
977cdf5a 7196On the PE target, weak symbols are supported natively as weak aliases.
01642c12 7197When a weak symbol is created that is not an alias, GAS creates an
977cdf5a 7198alternate symbol to hold the default value.
2e13b764 7199
06e77878
AO
7200@node Weakref
7201@section @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{target}}
7202
7203@cindex @code{weakref} directive
7204This directive creates an alias to the target symbol that enables the symbol to
7205be referenced with weak-symbol semantics, but without actually making it weak.
7206If direct references or definitions of the symbol are present, then the symbol
7207will not be weak, but if all references to it are through weak references, the
7208symbol will be marked as weak in the symbol table.
7209
7210The effect is equivalent to moving all references to the alias to a separate
7211assembly source file, renaming the alias to the symbol in it, declaring the
7212symbol as weak there, and running a reloadable link to merge the object files
7213resulting from the assembly of the new source file and the old source file that
7214had the references to the alias removed.
7215
7216The alias itself never makes to the symbol table, and is entirely handled
7217within the assembler.
7218
252b5132
RH
7219@node Word
7220@section @code{.word @var{expressions}}
7221
7222@cindex @code{word} directive
7223This directive expects zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section,
7224separated by commas.
7225@ifclear GENERIC
7226@ifset W32
a4fb0134 7227For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 32-bit number.
252b5132
RH
7228@end ifset
7229@ifset W16
a4fb0134 7230For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 16-bit number.
252b5132
RH
7231@end ifset
7232@end ifclear
7233@ifset GENERIC
7234
7235The size of the number emitted, and its byte order,
7236depend on what target computer the assembly is for.
7237@end ifset
7238
7239@c on amd29k, i960, sparc the "special treatment to support compilers" doesn't
7240@c happen---32-bit addressability, period; no long/short jumps.
7241@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
7242@cindex difference tables altered
7243@cindex altered difference tables
7244@quotation
7245@emph{Warning: Special Treatment to support Compilers}
7246@end quotation
7247
7248@ifset GENERIC
7249Machines with a 32-bit address space, but that do less than 32-bit
7250addressing, require the following special treatment. If the machine of
7251interest to you does 32-bit addressing (or doesn't require it;
7252@pxref{Machine Dependencies}), you can ignore this issue.
7253
7254@end ifset
7255In order to assemble compiler output into something that works,
a4fb0134 7256@command{@value{AS}} occasionally does strange things to @samp{.word} directives.
252b5132 7257Directives of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2} are often emitted by
a4fb0134 7258compilers as part of jump tables. Therefore, when @command{@value{AS}} assembles a
252b5132 7259directive of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2}, and the difference between
a4fb0134 7260@code{sym1} and @code{sym2} does not fit in 16 bits, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
7261creates a @dfn{secondary jump table}, immediately before the next label.
7262This secondary jump table is preceded by a short-jump to the
7263first byte after the secondary table. This short-jump prevents the flow
7264of control from accidentally falling into the new table. Inside the
7265table is a long-jump to @code{sym2}. The original @samp{.word}
7266contains @code{sym1} minus the address of the long-jump to
7267@code{sym2}.
7268
7269If there were several occurrences of @samp{.word sym1-sym2} before the
7270secondary jump table, all of them are adjusted. If there was a
7271@samp{.word sym3-sym4}, that also did not fit in sixteen bits, a
7272long-jump to @code{sym4} is included in the secondary jump table,
7273and the @code{.word} directives are adjusted to contain @code{sym3}
7274minus the address of the long-jump to @code{sym4}; and so on, for as many
7275entries in the original jump table as necessary.
7276
7277@ifset INTERNALS
a4fb0134 7278@emph{This feature may be disabled by compiling @command{@value{AS}} with the
252b5132
RH
7279@samp{-DWORKING_DOT_WORD} option.} This feature is likely to confuse
7280assembly language programmers.
7281@end ifset
7282@end ifset
7283@c end DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
7284
7ce98c16
NC
7285@ifclear no-space-dir
7286@node Zero
7287@section @code{.zero @var{size}}
7288
7289@cindex @code{zero} directive
7290@cindex filling memory with zero bytes
7291This directive emits @var{size} 0-valued bytes. @var{size} must be an absolute
7292expression. This directive is actually an alias for the @samp{.skip} directive
7293so in can take an optional second argument of the value to store in the bytes
7294instead of zero. Using @samp{.zero} in this way would be confusing however.
7295@end ifclear
7296
252b5132
RH
7297@node Deprecated
7298@section Deprecated Directives
7299
7300@cindex deprecated directives
7301@cindex obsolescent directives
7302One day these directives won't work.
7303They are included for compatibility with older assemblers.
7304@table @t
7305@item .abort
7306@item .line
7307@end table
7308
3a99f02f
DJ
7309@ifset ELF
7310@node Object Attributes
7311@chapter Object Attributes
7312@cindex object attributes
7313
7314@command{@value{AS}} assembles source files written for a specific architecture
7315into object files for that architecture. But not all object files are alike.
7316Many architectures support incompatible variations. For instance, floating
7317point arguments might be passed in floating point registers if the object file
7318requires hardware floating point support---or floating point arguments might be
7319passed in integer registers if the object file supports processors with no
7320hardware floating point unit. Or, if two objects are built for different
7321generations of the same architecture, the combination may require the
7322newer generation at run-time.
7323
7324This information is useful during and after linking. At link time,
7325@command{@value{LD}} can warn about incompatible object files. After link
7326time, tools like @command{gdb} can use it to process the linked file
7327correctly.
7328
7329Compatibility information is recorded as a series of object attributes. Each
7330attribute has a @dfn{vendor}, @dfn{tag}, and @dfn{value}. The vendor is a
7331string, and indicates who sets the meaning of the tag. The tag is an integer,
7332and indicates what property the attribute describes. The value may be a string
7333or an integer, and indicates how the property affects this object. Missing
7334attributes are the same as attributes with a zero value or empty string value.
7335
7336Object attributes were developed as part of the ABI for the ARM Architecture.
7337The file format is documented in @cite{ELF for the ARM Architecture}.
7338
7339@menu
7340* GNU Object Attributes:: @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
7341* Defining New Object Attributes:: Defining New Object Attributes
7342@end menu
7343
7344@node GNU Object Attributes
7345@section @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
7346
7347The @code{.gnu_attribute} directive records an object attribute
7348with vendor @samp{gnu}.
7349
7350Except for @samp{Tag_compatibility}, which has both an integer and a string for
7351its value, @sc{gnu} attributes have a string value if the tag number is odd and
7352an integer value if the tag number is even. The second bit (@code{@var{tag} &
73532} is set for architecture-independent attributes and clear for
7354architecture-dependent ones.
7355
7356@subsection Common @sc{gnu} attributes
7357
7358These attributes are valid on all architectures.
7359
7360@table @r
7361@item Tag_compatibility (32)
7362The compatibility attribute takes an integer flag value and a vendor name. If
7363the flag value is 0, the file is compatible with other toolchains. If it is 1,
7364then the file is only compatible with the named toolchain. If it is greater
7365than 1, the file can only be processed by other toolchains under some private
7366arrangement indicated by the flag value and the vendor name.
7367@end table
7368
7369@subsection MIPS Attributes
7370
7371@table @r
7372@item Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP (4)
7373The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7374
7375@itemize @bullet
7376@item
73770 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
7378@item
f179c512
MF
73791 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a standard
7380double-precision FPU.
3a99f02f
DJ
7381@item
73822 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a single-precision FPU.
7383@item
73843 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
42554f6a 7385@item
f179c512
MF
73864 for files using the deprecated hardware floating-point ABI which used 64-bit
7387floating-point registers, 32-bit general-purpose registers and increased the
7388number of callee-saved floating-point registers.
7389@item
73905 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a double-precision FPU
7391with either 32-bit or 64-bit floating-point registers and 32-bit
7392general-purpose registers.
7393@item
73946 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with 64-bit floating-point
7395registers and 32-bit general-purpose registers.
7396@item
73977 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with 64-bit floating-point
7398registers, 32-bit general-purpose registers and a rule that forbids the
7399direct use of odd-numbered single-precision floating-point registers.
3a99f02f
DJ
7400@end itemize
7401@end table
7402
7403@subsection PowerPC Attributes
7404
7405@table @r
7406@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP (4)
7407The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7408
7409@itemize @bullet
7410@item
74110 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
7412@item
3c7b9897 74131 for files using double-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
7414@item
74152 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
3c7b9897
AM
7416@item
74173 for files using single-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
7418@end itemize
7419
7420@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector (8)
7421The vector ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7422
7423@itemize @bullet
7424@item
74250 for files not affected by the vector ABI.
7426@item
74271 for files using general purpose registers to pass vectors.
7428@item
74292 for files using AltiVec registers to pass vectors.
7430@item
74313 for files using SPE registers to pass vectors.
7432@end itemize
7433@end table
7434
643f7afb
AK
7435@subsection IBM z Systems Attributes
7436
7437@table @r
7438@item Tag_GNU_S390_ABI_Vector (8)
7439The vector ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7440
7441@itemize @bullet
7442@item
74430 for files not affected by the vector ABI.
7444@item
74451 for files using software vector ABI.
7446@item
74472 for files using hardware vector ABI.
7448@end itemize
7449@end table
7450
3a99f02f
DJ
7451@node Defining New Object Attributes
7452@section Defining New Object Attributes
7453
7454If you want to define a new @sc{gnu} object attribute, here are the places you
7455will need to modify. New attributes should be discussed on the @samp{binutils}
7456mailing list.
7457
7458@itemize @bullet
7459@item
7460This manual, which is the official register of attributes.
7461@item
7462The header for your architecture @file{include/elf}, to define the tag.
7463@item
7464The @file{bfd} support file for your architecture, to merge the attribute
7465and issue any appropriate link warnings.
7466@item
7467Test cases in @file{ld/testsuite} for merging and link warnings.
7468@item
7469@file{binutils/readelf.c} to display your attribute.
7470@item
7471GCC, if you want the compiler to mark the attribute automatically.
7472@end itemize
7473
7474@end ifset
7475
252b5132
RH
7476@ifset GENERIC
7477@node Machine Dependencies
7478@chapter Machine Dependent Features
7479
7480@cindex machine dependencies
7481The machine instruction sets are (almost by definition) different on
a4fb0134
SC
7482each machine where @command{@value{AS}} runs. Floating point representations
7483vary as well, and @command{@value{AS}} often supports a few additional
252b5132
RH
7484directives or command-line options for compatibility with other
7485assemblers on a particular platform. Finally, some versions of
a4fb0134 7486@command{@value{AS}} support special pseudo-instructions for branch
252b5132
RH
7487optimization.
7488
7489This chapter discusses most of these differences, though it does not
7490include details on any machine's instruction set. For details on that
7491subject, see the hardware manufacturer's manual.
7492
7493@menu
a06ea964
NC
7494@ifset AARCH64
7495* AArch64-Dependent:: AArch64 Dependent Features
7496@end ifset
625e1353
RH
7497@ifset ALPHA
7498* Alpha-Dependent:: Alpha Dependent Features
7499@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7500@ifset ARC
7501* ARC-Dependent:: ARC Dependent Features
7502@end ifset
7503@ifset ARM
7504* ARM-Dependent:: ARM Dependent Features
7505@end ifset
8473f7a4
DC
7506@ifset AVR
7507* AVR-Dependent:: AVR Dependent Features
7508@end ifset
3b4e1885
JZ
7509@ifset Blackfin
7510* Blackfin-Dependent:: Blackfin Dependent Features
07c1b327 7511@end ifset
3d3d428f
NC
7512@ifset CR16
7513* CR16-Dependent:: CR16 Dependent Features
7514@end ifset
8bf549a8 7515@ifset CRIS
328eb32e
HPN
7516* CRIS-Dependent:: CRIS Dependent Features
7517@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7518@ifset D10V
7519* D10V-Dependent:: D10V Dependent Features
7520@end ifset
7521@ifset D30V
7522* D30V-Dependent:: D30V Dependent Features
7523@end ifset
cfb8c092
NC
7524@ifset EPIPHANY
7525* Epiphany-Dependent:: EPIPHANY Dependent Features
7526@end ifset
252b5132 7527@ifset H8/300
c2dcd04e 7528* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
252b5132 7529@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7530@ifset HPPA
7531* HPPA-Dependent:: HPPA Dependent Features
7532@end ifset
5b93d8bb
AM
7533@ifset I370
7534* ESA/390-Dependent:: IBM ESA/390 Dependent Features
7535@end ifset
252b5132 7536@ifset I80386
55b62671 7537* i386-Dependent:: Intel 80386 and AMD x86-64 Dependent Features
252b5132 7538@end ifset
e3308d0d
JE
7539@ifset I860
7540* i860-Dependent:: Intel 80860 Dependent Features
7541@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7542@ifset I960
7543* i960-Dependent:: Intel 80960 Dependent Features
7544@end ifset
5cb53c21
L
7545@ifset IA64
7546* IA-64-Dependent:: Intel IA-64 Dependent Features
7547@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
7548@ifset IP2K
7549* IP2K-Dependent:: IP2K Dependent Features
7550@end ifset
84e94c90
NC
7551@ifset LM32
7552* LM32-Dependent:: LM32 Dependent Features
7553@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
7554@ifset M32C
7555* M32C-Dependent:: M32C Dependent Features
7556@end ifset
ec694b89
NC
7557@ifset M32R
7558* M32R-Dependent:: M32R Dependent Features
7559@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7560@ifset M680X0
7561* M68K-Dependent:: M680x0 Dependent Features
7562@end ifset
60bcf0fa
NC
7563@ifset M68HC11
7564* M68HC11-Dependent:: M68HC11 and 68HC12 Dependent Features
7565@end ifset
a3c62988
NC
7566@ifset METAG
7567* Meta-Dependent :: Meta Dependent Features
7568@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
7569@ifset MICROBLAZE
7570* MicroBlaze-Dependent:: MICROBLAZE Dependent Features
7571@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7572@ifset MIPS
7573* MIPS-Dependent:: MIPS Dependent Features
7574@end ifset
3c3bdf30
NC
7575@ifset MMIX
7576* MMIX-Dependent:: MMIX Dependent Features
7577@end ifset
2469cfa2
NC
7578@ifset MSP430
7579* MSP430-Dependent:: MSP430 Dependent Features
7580@end ifset
35c08157
KLC
7581@ifset NDS32
7582* NDS32-Dependent:: Andes NDS32 Dependent Features
7583@end ifset
36591ba1
SL
7584@ifset NIOSII
7585* NiosII-Dependent:: Altera Nios II Dependent Features
7586@end ifset
7c31ae13
NC
7587@ifset NS32K
7588* NS32K-Dependent:: NS32K Dependent Features
7589@end ifset
e135f41b
NC
7590@ifset PDP11
7591* PDP-11-Dependent:: PDP-11 Dependent Features
7592@end ifset
041dd5a9
ILT
7593@ifset PJ
7594* PJ-Dependent:: picoJava Dependent Features
7595@end ifset
418c1742
MG
7596@ifset PPC
7597* PPC-Dependent:: PowerPC Dependent Features
7598@end ifset
99c513f6
DD
7599@ifset RL78
7600* RL78-Dependent:: RL78 Dependent Features
7601@end ifset
4f7eddc4
PD
7602@ifset RISCV
7603* RISC-V-Dependent:: RISC-V Dependent Features
7604@end ifset
046d31c2
NC
7605@ifset RX
7606* RX-Dependent:: RX Dependent Features
7607@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
7608@ifset S390
7609* S/390-Dependent:: IBM S/390 Dependent Features
7610@end ifset
c0157db4
NC
7611@ifset SCORE
7612* SCORE-Dependent:: SCORE Dependent Features
7613@end ifset
d3b47e2b
L
7614@ifset SH
7615* SH-Dependent:: Renesas / SuperH SH Dependent Features
7616* SH64-Dependent:: SuperH SH64 Dependent Features
7617@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7618@ifset SPARC
7619* Sparc-Dependent:: SPARC Dependent Features
7620@end ifset
39bec121
TW
7621@ifset TIC54X
7622* TIC54X-Dependent:: TI TMS320C54x Dependent Features
7623@end ifset
40b36596
JM
7624@ifset TIC6X
7625* TIC6X-Dependent :: TI TMS320C6x Dependent Features
7626@end ifset
aa137e4d
NC
7627@ifset TILEGX
7628* TILE-Gx-Dependent :: Tilera TILE-Gx Dependent Features
7629@end ifset
7630@ifset TILEPRO
7631* TILEPro-Dependent :: Tilera TILEPro Dependent Features
7632@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7633@ifset V850
7634* V850-Dependent:: V850 Dependent Features
7635@end ifset
b6605ddd
EB
7636@ifset VAX
7637* Vax-Dependent:: VAX Dependent Features
7638@end ifset
7639@ifset VISIUM
7640* Visium-Dependent:: Visium Dependent Features
7641@end ifset
f6c1a2d5
NC
7642@ifset XGATE
7643* XGATE-Dependent:: XGATE Features
7644@end ifset
6753e72f
NC
7645@ifset XSTORMY16
7646* XSTORMY16-Dependent:: XStormy16 Dependent Features
7647@end ifset
e0001a05
NC
7648@ifset XTENSA
7649* Xtensa-Dependent:: Xtensa Dependent Features
7650@end ifset
3c9b82ba
NC
7651@ifset Z80
7652* Z80-Dependent:: Z80 Dependent Features
7653@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7654@ifset Z8000
7655* Z8000-Dependent:: Z8000 Dependent Features
7656@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7657@end menu
7658
7659@lowersections
7660@end ifset
7661
7662@c The following major nodes are *sections* in the GENERIC version, *chapters*
7663@c in single-cpu versions. This is mainly achieved by @lowersections. There is a
7664@c peculiarity: to preserve cross-references, there must be a node called
7665@c "Machine Dependencies". Hence the conditional nodenames in each
7666@c major node below. Node defaulting in makeinfo requires adjacency of
7667@c node and sectioning commands; hence the repetition of @chapter BLAH
7668@c in both conditional blocks.
7669
a06ea964
NC
7670@ifset AARCH64
7671@include c-aarch64.texi
7672@end ifset
7673
625e1353
RH
7674@ifset ALPHA
7675@include c-alpha.texi
7676@end ifset
7677
7678@ifset ARC
7679@include c-arc.texi
7680@end ifset
7681
252b5132
RH
7682@ifset ARM
7683@include c-arm.texi
7684@end ifset
7685
8473f7a4
DC
7686@ifset AVR
7687@include c-avr.texi
7688@end ifset
7689
3b4e1885 7690@ifset Blackfin
07c1b327
CM
7691@include c-bfin.texi
7692@end ifset
7693
3d3d428f
NC
7694@ifset CR16
7695@include c-cr16.texi
7696@end ifset
7697
328eb32e
HPN
7698@ifset CRIS
7699@include c-cris.texi
7700@end ifset
7701
c2dcd04e 7702@ifset Renesas-all
252b5132
RH
7703@ifclear GENERIC
7704@node Machine Dependencies
7705@chapter Machine Dependent Features
7706
c2dcd04e 7707The machine instruction sets are different on each Renesas chip family,
252b5132 7708and there are also some syntax differences among the families. This
a4fb0134 7709chapter describes the specific @command{@value{AS}} features for each
252b5132
RH
7710family.
7711
7712@menu
c2dcd04e 7713* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
c2dcd04e 7714* SH-Dependent:: Renesas SH Dependent Features
252b5132
RH
7715@end menu
7716@lowersections
7717@end ifclear
7718@end ifset
7719
7720@ifset D10V
7721@include c-d10v.texi
7722@end ifset
7723
7724@ifset D30V
7725@include c-d30v.texi
7726@end ifset
7727
cfb8c092
NC
7728@ifset EPIPHANY
7729@include c-epiphany.texi
7730@end ifset
7731
252b5132
RH
7732@ifset H8/300
7733@include c-h8300.texi
7734@end ifset
7735
252b5132
RH
7736@ifset HPPA
7737@include c-hppa.texi
7738@end ifset
7739
5b93d8bb
AM
7740@ifset I370
7741@include c-i370.texi
7742@end ifset
7743
252b5132
RH
7744@ifset I80386
7745@include c-i386.texi
7746@end ifset
7747
e3308d0d
JE
7748@ifset I860
7749@include c-i860.texi
7750@end ifset
7751
252b5132
RH
7752@ifset I960
7753@include c-i960.texi
7754@end ifset
7755
9e32ca89
NC
7756@ifset IA64
7757@include c-ia64.texi
7758@end ifset
7759
a40cbfa3
NC
7760@ifset IP2K
7761@include c-ip2k.texi
7762@end ifset
7763
84e94c90
NC
7764@ifset LM32
7765@include c-lm32.texi
7766@end ifset
7767
49f58d10
JB
7768@ifset M32C
7769@include c-m32c.texi
7770@end ifset
7771
ec694b89
NC
7772@ifset M32R
7773@include c-m32r.texi
7774@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7775
7776@ifset M680X0
7777@include c-m68k.texi
7778@end ifset
7779
60bcf0fa
NC
7780@ifset M68HC11
7781@include c-m68hc11.texi
7782@end ifset
7783
a3c62988
NC
7784@ifset METAG
7785@include c-metag.texi
7786@end ifset
7787
01642c12 7788@ifset MICROBLAZE
7ba29e2a
NC
7789@include c-microblaze.texi
7790@end ifset
7791
252b5132
RH
7792@ifset MIPS
7793@include c-mips.texi
7794@end ifset
7795
3c3bdf30
NC
7796@ifset MMIX
7797@include c-mmix.texi
7798@end ifset
7799
2469cfa2
NC
7800@ifset MSP430
7801@include c-msp430.texi
7802@end ifset
7803
35c08157
KLC
7804@ifset NDS32
7805@include c-nds32.texi
7806@end ifset
7807
36591ba1
SL
7808@ifset NIOSII
7809@include c-nios2.texi
7810@end ifset
7811
252b5132
RH
7812@ifset NS32K
7813@include c-ns32k.texi
7814@end ifset
7815
e135f41b
NC
7816@ifset PDP11
7817@include c-pdp11.texi
7818@end ifset
7819
041dd5a9
ILT
7820@ifset PJ
7821@include c-pj.texi
7822@end ifset
7823
418c1742
MG
7824@ifset PPC
7825@include c-ppc.texi
7826@end ifset
7827
99c513f6
DD
7828@ifset RL78
7829@include c-rl78.texi
7830@end ifset
7831
4f7eddc4
PD
7832@ifset RISCV
7833@include c-riscv.texi
7834@end ifset
7835
046d31c2
NC
7836@ifset RX
7837@include c-rx.texi
7838@end ifset
7839
11c19e16
MS
7840@ifset S390
7841@include c-s390.texi
7842@end ifset
7843
c0157db4
NC
7844@ifset SCORE
7845@include c-score.texi
7846@end ifset
7847
252b5132
RH
7848@ifset SH
7849@include c-sh.texi
324bfcf3 7850@include c-sh64.texi
252b5132
RH
7851@end ifset
7852
7853@ifset SPARC
7854@include c-sparc.texi
7855@end ifset
7856
39bec121
TW
7857@ifset TIC54X
7858@include c-tic54x.texi
7859@end ifset
7860
40b36596
JM
7861@ifset TIC6X
7862@include c-tic6x.texi
7863@end ifset
7864
aa137e4d
NC
7865@ifset TILEGX
7866@include c-tilegx.texi
7867@end ifset
7868
7869@ifset TILEPRO
7870@include c-tilepro.texi
7871@end ifset
7872
b6605ddd
EB
7873@ifset V850
7874@include c-v850.texi
252b5132
RH
7875@end ifset
7876
7877@ifset VAX
7878@include c-vax.texi
7879@end ifset
7880
b6605ddd
EB
7881@ifset VISIUM
7882@include c-visium.texi
252b5132
RH
7883@end ifset
7884
f6c1a2d5
NC
7885@ifset XGATE
7886@include c-xgate.texi
7887@end ifset
7888
6753e72f
NC
7889@ifset XSTORMY16
7890@include c-xstormy16.texi
7891@end ifset
7892
e0001a05
NC
7893@ifset XTENSA
7894@include c-xtensa.texi
7895@end ifset
7896
b6605ddd
EB
7897@ifset Z80
7898@include c-z80.texi
7899@end ifset
7900
7901@ifset Z8000
7902@include c-z8k.texi
7903@end ifset
7904
252b5132
RH
7905@ifset GENERIC
7906@c reverse effect of @down at top of generic Machine-Dep chapter
7907@raisesections
7908@end ifset
7909
7910@node Reporting Bugs
7911@chapter Reporting Bugs
7912@cindex bugs in assembler
7913@cindex reporting bugs in assembler
7914
a4fb0134 7915Your bug reports play an essential role in making @command{@value{AS}} reliable.
252b5132
RH
7916
7917Reporting a bug may help you by bringing a solution to your problem, or it may
7918not. But in any case the principal function of a bug report is to help the
a4fb0134
SC
7919entire community by making the next version of @command{@value{AS}} work better.
7920Bug reports are your contribution to the maintenance of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
7921
7922In order for a bug report to serve its purpose, you must include the
7923information that enables us to fix the bug.
7924
7925@menu
7926* Bug Criteria:: Have you found a bug?
7927* Bug Reporting:: How to report bugs
7928@end menu
7929
7930@node Bug Criteria
c1253627 7931@section Have You Found a Bug?
252b5132
RH
7932@cindex bug criteria
7933
7934If you are not sure whether you have found a bug, here are some guidelines:
7935
7936@itemize @bullet
7937@cindex fatal signal
7938@cindex assembler crash
7939@cindex crash of assembler
7940@item
7941If the assembler gets a fatal signal, for any input whatever, that is a
a4fb0134 7942@command{@value{AS}} bug. Reliable assemblers never crash.
252b5132
RH
7943
7944@cindex error on valid input
7945@item
a4fb0134 7946If @command{@value{AS}} produces an error message for valid input, that is a bug.
252b5132
RH
7947
7948@cindex invalid input
7949@item
a4fb0134 7950If @command{@value{AS}} does not produce an error message for invalid input, that
252b5132
RH
7951is a bug. However, you should note that your idea of ``invalid input'' might
7952be our idea of ``an extension'' or ``support for traditional practice''.
7953
7954@item
7955If you are an experienced user of assemblers, your suggestions for improvement
a4fb0134 7956of @command{@value{AS}} are welcome in any case.
252b5132
RH
7957@end itemize
7958
7959@node Bug Reporting
c1253627 7960@section How to Report Bugs
252b5132
RH
7961@cindex bug reports
7962@cindex assembler bugs, reporting
7963
7964A number of companies and individuals offer support for @sc{gnu} products. If
a4fb0134 7965you obtained @command{@value{AS}} from a support organization, we recommend you
252b5132
RH
7966contact that organization first.
7967
7968You can find contact information for many support companies and
7969individuals in the file @file{etc/SERVICE} in the @sc{gnu} Emacs
7970distribution.
7971
ad22bfe8 7972@ifset BUGURL
a4fb0134 7973In any event, we also recommend that you send bug reports for @command{@value{AS}}
ad22bfe8
JM
7974to @value{BUGURL}.
7975@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7976
7977The fundamental principle of reporting bugs usefully is this:
7978@strong{report all the facts}. If you are not sure whether to state a
7979fact or leave it out, state it!
7980
7981Often people omit facts because they think they know what causes the problem
7982and assume that some details do not matter. Thus, you might assume that the
7983name of a symbol you use in an example does not matter. Well, probably it does
7984not, but one cannot be sure. Perhaps the bug is a stray memory reference which
7985happens to fetch from the location where that name is stored in memory;
7986perhaps, if the name were different, the contents of that location would fool
7987the assembler into doing the right thing despite the bug. Play it safe and
7988give a specific, complete example. That is the easiest thing for you to do,
7989and the most helpful.
7990
7991Keep in mind that the purpose of a bug report is to enable us to fix the bug if
7992it is new to us. Therefore, always write your bug reports on the assumption
7993that the bug has not been reported previously.
7994
7995Sometimes people give a few sketchy facts and ask, ``Does this ring a
c1253627
NC
7996bell?'' This cannot help us fix a bug, so it is basically useless. We
7997respond by asking for enough details to enable us to investigate.
7998You might as well expedite matters by sending them to begin with.
252b5132
RH
7999
8000To enable us to fix the bug, you should include all these things:
8001
8002@itemize @bullet
8003@item
a4fb0134 8004The version of @command{@value{AS}}. @command{@value{AS}} announces it if you start
252b5132
RH
8005it with the @samp{--version} argument.
8006
8007Without this, we will not know whether there is any point in looking for
a4fb0134 8008the bug in the current version of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
8009
8010@item
a4fb0134 8011Any patches you may have applied to the @command{@value{AS}} source.
252b5132
RH
8012
8013@item
8014The type of machine you are using, and the operating system name and
8015version number.
8016
8017@item
a4fb0134 8018What compiler (and its version) was used to compile @command{@value{AS}}---e.g.
252b5132
RH
8019``@code{gcc-2.7}''.
8020
8021@item
8022The command arguments you gave the assembler to assemble your example and
8023observe the bug. To guarantee you will not omit something important, list them
8024all. A copy of the Makefile (or the output from make) is sufficient.
8025
8026If we were to try to guess the arguments, we would probably guess wrong
8027and then we might not encounter the bug.
8028
8029@item
8030A complete input file that will reproduce the bug. If the bug is observed when
8031the assembler is invoked via a compiler, send the assembler source, not the
8032high level language source. Most compilers will produce the assembler source
8033when run with the @samp{-S} option. If you are using @code{@value{GCC}}, use
8034the options @samp{-v --save-temps}; this will save the assembler source in a
8035file with an extension of @file{.s}, and also show you exactly how
a4fb0134 8036@command{@value{AS}} is being run.
252b5132
RH
8037
8038@item
8039A description of what behavior you observe that you believe is
8040incorrect. For example, ``It gets a fatal signal.''
8041
a4fb0134 8042Of course, if the bug is that @command{@value{AS}} gets a fatal signal, then we
252b5132
RH
8043will certainly notice it. But if the bug is incorrect output, we might not
8044notice unless it is glaringly wrong. You might as well not give us a chance to
8045make a mistake.
8046
8047Even if the problem you experience is a fatal signal, you should still say so
8048explicitly. Suppose something strange is going on, such as, your copy of
b45619c0 8049@command{@value{AS}} is out of sync, or you have encountered a bug in the C
252b5132
RH
8050library on your system. (This has happened!) Your copy might crash and ours
8051would not. If you told us to expect a crash, then when ours fails to crash, we
8052would know that the bug was not happening for us. If you had not told us to
8053expect a crash, then we would not be able to draw any conclusion from our
8054observations.
8055
8056@item
a4fb0134 8057If you wish to suggest changes to the @command{@value{AS}} source, send us context
252b5132
RH
8058diffs, as generated by @code{diff} with the @samp{-u}, @samp{-c}, or @samp{-p}
8059option. Always send diffs from the old file to the new file. If you even
a4fb0134 8060discuss something in the @command{@value{AS}} source, refer to it by context, not
252b5132
RH
8061by line number.
8062
8063The line numbers in our development sources will not match those in your
8064sources. Your line numbers would convey no useful information to us.
8065@end itemize
8066
8067Here are some things that are not necessary:
8068
8069@itemize @bullet
8070@item
8071A description of the envelope of the bug.
8072
8073Often people who encounter a bug spend a lot of time investigating
8074which changes to the input file will make the bug go away and which
8075changes will not affect it.
8076
8077This is often time consuming and not very useful, because the way we
8078will find the bug is by running a single example under the debugger
8079with breakpoints, not by pure deduction from a series of examples.
8080We recommend that you save your time for something else.
8081
8082Of course, if you can find a simpler example to report @emph{instead}
8083of the original one, that is a convenience for us. Errors in the
8084output will be easier to spot, running under the debugger will take
8085less time, and so on.
8086
8087However, simplification is not vital; if you do not want to do this,
8088report the bug anyway and send us the entire test case you used.
8089
8090@item
8091A patch for the bug.
8092
8093A patch for the bug does help us if it is a good one. But do not omit
8094the necessary information, such as the test case, on the assumption that
8095a patch is all we need. We might see problems with your patch and decide
8096to fix the problem another way, or we might not understand it at all.
8097
a4fb0134 8098Sometimes with a program as complicated as @command{@value{AS}} it is very hard to
252b5132
RH
8099construct an example that will make the program follow a certain path through
8100the code. If you do not send us the example, we will not be able to construct
8101one, so we will not be able to verify that the bug is fixed.
8102
8103And if we cannot understand what bug you are trying to fix, or why your
8104patch should be an improvement, we will not install it. A test case will
8105help us to understand.
8106
8107@item
8108A guess about what the bug is or what it depends on.
8109
8110Such guesses are usually wrong. Even we cannot guess right about such
8111things without first using the debugger to find the facts.
8112@end itemize
8113
8114@node Acknowledgements
8115@chapter Acknowledgements
8116
653cfe85 8117If you have contributed to GAS and your name isn't listed here,
252b5132 8118it is not meant as a slight. We just don't know about it. Send mail to the
01642c12 8119maintainer, and we'll correct the situation. Currently
3bfcb652
NC
8120@c (October 2012),
8121the maintainer is Nick Clifton (email address @code{nickc@@redhat.com}).
252b5132
RH
8122
8123Dean Elsner wrote the original @sc{gnu} assembler for the VAX.@footnote{Any
8124more details?}
8125
8126Jay Fenlason maintained GAS for a while, adding support for GDB-specific debug
8127information and the 68k series machines, most of the preprocessing pass, and
8128extensive changes in @file{messages.c}, @file{input-file.c}, @file{write.c}.
8129
8130K. Richard Pixley maintained GAS for a while, adding various enhancements and
8131many bug fixes, including merging support for several processors, breaking GAS
8132up to handle multiple object file format back ends (including heavy rewrite,
8133testing, an integration of the coff and b.out back ends), adding configuration
8134including heavy testing and verification of cross assemblers and file splits
8135and renaming, converted GAS to strictly ANSI C including full prototypes, added
8136support for m680[34]0 and cpu32, did considerable work on i960 including a COFF
8137port (including considerable amounts of reverse engineering), a SPARC opcode
8138file rewrite, DECstation, rs6000, and hp300hpux host ports, updated ``know''
8139assertions and made them work, much other reorganization, cleanup, and lint.
8140
8141Ken Raeburn wrote the high-level BFD interface code to replace most of the code
8142in format-specific I/O modules.
8143
8144The original VMS support was contributed by David L. Kashtan. Eric Youngdale
8145has done much work with it since.
8146
8147The Intel 80386 machine description was written by Eliot Dresselhaus.
8148
8149Minh Tran-Le at IntelliCorp contributed some AIX 386 support.
8150
8151The Motorola 88k machine description was contributed by Devon Bowen of Buffalo
8152University and Torbjorn Granlund of the Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
8153
8154Keith Knowles at the Open Software Foundation wrote the original MIPS back end
8155(@file{tc-mips.c}, @file{tc-mips.h}), and contributed Rose format support
8156(which hasn't been merged in yet). Ralph Campbell worked with the MIPS code to
8157support a.out format.
8158
7be1c489
AM
8159Support for the Zilog Z8k and Renesas H8/300 processors (tc-z8k,
8160tc-h8300), and IEEE 695 object file format (obj-ieee), was written by
252b5132
RH
8161Steve Chamberlain of Cygnus Support. Steve also modified the COFF back end to
8162use BFD for some low-level operations, for use with the H8/300 and AMD 29k
8163targets.
8164
8165John Gilmore built the AMD 29000 support, added @code{.include} support, and
8166simplified the configuration of which versions accept which directives. He
8167updated the 68k machine description so that Motorola's opcodes always produced
c1253627 8168fixed-size instructions (e.g., @code{jsr}), while synthetic instructions
252b5132
RH
8169remained shrinkable (@code{jbsr}). John fixed many bugs, including true tested
8170cross-compilation support, and one bug in relaxation that took a week and
8171required the proverbial one-bit fix.
8172
8173Ian Lance Taylor of Cygnus Support merged the Motorola and MIT syntax for the
817468k, completed support for some COFF targets (68k, i386 SVR3, and SCO Unix),
8175added support for MIPS ECOFF and ELF targets, wrote the initial RS/6000 and
8176PowerPC assembler, and made a few other minor patches.
8177
653cfe85 8178Steve Chamberlain made GAS able to generate listings.
252b5132
RH
8179
8180Hewlett-Packard contributed support for the HP9000/300.
8181
8182Jeff Law wrote GAS and BFD support for the native HPPA object format (SOM)
8183along with a fairly extensive HPPA testsuite (for both SOM and ELF object
8184formats). This work was supported by both the Center for Software Science at
8185the University of Utah and Cygnus Support.
8186
8187Support for ELF format files has been worked on by Mark Eichin of Cygnus
8188Support (original, incomplete implementation for SPARC), Pete Hoogenboom and
8189Jeff Law at the University of Utah (HPPA mainly), Michael Meissner of the Open
8190Software Foundation (i386 mainly), and Ken Raeburn of Cygnus Support (sparc,
8191and some initial 64-bit support).
8192
c1253627 8193Linas Vepstas added GAS support for the ESA/390 ``IBM 370'' architecture.
5b93d8bb 8194
252b5132
RH
8195Richard Henderson rewrote the Alpha assembler. Klaus Kaempf wrote GAS and BFD
8196support for openVMS/Alpha.
8197
39bec121
TW
8198Timothy Wall, Michael Hayes, and Greg Smart contributed to the various tic*
8199flavors.
8200
e0001a05 8201David Heine, Sterling Augustine, Bob Wilson and John Ruttenberg from Tensilica,
b45619c0 8202Inc.@: added support for Xtensa processors.
e0001a05 8203
252b5132
RH
8204Several engineers at Cygnus Support have also provided many small bug fixes and
8205configuration enhancements.
8206
84e94c90
NC
8207Jon Beniston added support for the Lattice Mico32 architecture.
8208
252b5132
RH
8209Many others have contributed large or small bugfixes and enhancements. If
8210you have contributed significant work and are not mentioned on this list, and
8211want to be, let us know. Some of the history has been lost; we are not
8212intentionally leaving anyone out.
8213
793c5807
NC
8214@node GNU Free Documentation License
8215@appendix GNU Free Documentation License
c1253627 8216@include fdl.texi
cf055d54 8217
370b66a1
CD
8218@node AS Index
8219@unnumbered AS Index
252b5132
RH
8220
8221@printindex cp
8222
252b5132
RH
8223@bye
8224@c Local Variables:
8225@c fill-column: 79
8226@c End:
This page took 1.39366 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.